2005 Infiniti FX Manual

Foreword

Your INFINITI represents a new way ofthinking about vehicle design. It inte-grates advanced engineering and supe-rior craftsmanship with a simple, refinedaesthetic sensitivity associated with tra-ditional Japanese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxuryand beauty. The car itself is important,but so is the sense of harmony that thevehicle evokes in its driver, and thesense of satisfaction you feel with theINFINITI — from the way it looks anddrives to the high level of dealer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI tothe fullest, we encourage you to read thisOwner’s Manual immediately. It explainsall of the features, controls and perfor-mance characteristics of your INFINITI; italso provides important instructions andsafety information.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletcan be found in your Owner’s literatureportfolio. Always carry it with you whenyou take your INFINITI to an authorizeddealer. The portfolio contents providecomplete information about all warran-ties covering this vehicle, the periodicmaintenance required to keep the war-ranties in effect as well as the INFINITIRoadside Assistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Careand Lemon Law Information Booklet willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’slemon law.

INFINITI is dedicated to providing a sat-isfying ownership experience for as longas you own your car. Should you haveany questions regarding your INFINITI oran INFINITI dealer, please contact ourConsumer Affairs department at:In U.S. 1-800-662-6200In Canada 1-800-361-4792

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please readyour Owner’s Manual carefully. This willensure familiarity with controls andmaintenance requirements, assisting youin the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!Follow these important driving rules to helpensure a safe and comfortable trip for youand your passengers!

O NEVER drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs.

O ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

O ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Preteenchildren should be seated in the rearseat.

O ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

O ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual forimportant safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and mayeven violate governmental regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from modificationsmay not be covered under INFINITI war-ranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. There-fore, you may find some information that

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

does not apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illus-trations in this manual are those in effectat the time of printing. INFINITI reservesthe right to change specifications or de-sign at any time without notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in thismanual. They are used in the followingways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moderatepersonal injury or damage to your vehicle.To avoid or reduce the risk, the proceduresmust be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means Do notdo this or Do not let this happen.

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points tothe front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similarto these indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similarto these call attention to an item in the il-lustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,and certain vehicle components contain oremit chemicals known to the State of Cali-fornia to cause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. In addition, certainfluids contained in vehicles and certainproducts of component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State of Californiato cause cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm.

© 2004 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual maybe reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or trans-mitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, withoutthe prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

SIC0697

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4

Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Technical and consumer information 9

Index 10

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

0 Illustrated table of contents

Exterior ............................................................ 0-2Instrument panel ............................................. 0-3Meters and gauges........................................... 0-4Engine compartment check locations................ 0-5

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Engine hood (Page 3-24)

2. Headlight and turn signal switch(P.2-21)

3. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P.2-20)

4. Windshield (P.8-21)

5. Sunroof (P.2-39)

6. Power windows (P.2-37)

7. Towing hook (P.6-14)

8. Fog light and switch (P.2-26)

9. Tire pressure (P.8-36)

10. Flat tire (P.6-2)

11. Tire chains (P.8-41)

12. Mirrors (P.3-31)

13. Door and locks (P.3-3)

14. Trunk lid (P.3-24)

15. Rear wiper (P.8-22)

16. Rear combination light (P.8-32)

17. Fuel-filler lid (P.3-26)

18. Child safety locks (P.3-5)

SSI0012

EXTERIOR

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Outside mirror remote control (P.3-32)2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal

switch (P.2-21)3. Trip odometer reset knob (P.2-4)

4. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-25)

5. Headlight aiming control switch(P.2-24)

6. Trip odometer select knob (P.2-4)7. Steering switch for Audio (P.4-45)8. Security indicator light (P.2-17)9. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)

10. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-36)11. Cruise control main/set switch

(P.5-20) or Intelligent cruise controlswitch (if so equipped) (P.5-22)

12. Windshield wiper/washer switch(P.2-20)

13. Ignition switch (P.5-8)/Ignition knob(P.3-13)

14. Center ventilator (P.4-18)15. Display, Climate and Audio control

switches/buttons (P.4-2)/Navigationsystem*

16. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-36)

17. Lane departure warning switch(P.2-28)

18. Hood release handle (P.3-24)19. Fuse box (P.8-24)20. SNOW mode switch (P.2-29)21. Parking brake pedal/parking brake re-

lease pedal (P.5-16)22. VDC OFF switch (P.2-29)23. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel

switch (if so equipped) (P.3-28)24. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (if so

equipped) (P.3-28)25. Telescopic steering wheel lock lever

(P.3-28)26. Hazard warning flasher switch

(P.2-26)

SSI0066

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Z 04.7.16/S50-D/V5.0 X

27. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)(P.2-27)

28. Cassette player (P.4-28)29. Cigarette lighter and ashtray (P.2-32)30. Automatic transmission selector lever

(P.5-12)31. Clock (P.2-30)32. Glove box (P.2-34)*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-9)

2. Tachometer (P.2-4)

3. Speedometer (P.2-4)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge(P.2-5)

5. Intelligent cruise control system dis-play (if so equipped) (P.5-22)

6. Automatic transmission position indi-cator (P.5-12)

7. Odometer (Total/Twin trip) (P.2-4)8. Fuel gauge (P.2-5)

SIC2135

METERS AND GAUGES


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24)

2. Battery (P.8-17)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

5. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir(P.8-16)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-10)

9. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11)

10. Air cleaner (P.8-20)

SDI1524A

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24)

2. Battery (P.8-17)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

5. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir(P.8-16)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-10)

9. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11)

10. Air cleaner (P.8-20)

SDI1531A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint systems

Seats................................................................ 1-2Front power seat adjustment....................... 1-2Rear seat adjustment .................................. 1-4Head restraint adjustment........................... 1-6Active head restraint (front seats) ............... 1-7Armrest ....................................................... 1-7

Seat belts......................................................... 1-8Precautions on seat belt usage ................... 1-8Child safety............................................... 1-10Pregnant women ....................................... 1-12Injured persons ........................................ 1-12Three-point type seat belt with retractor ... 1-12Rear center seat belt................................. 1-15Seat belt extenders................................... 1-17Seat belt maintenance .............................. 1-18

Child restraints............................................... 1-18Precautions on child restraints.................. 1-18Child restraint installation on rear seatoutboard or center positions..................... 1-20

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren) system ....................................... 1-25Top tether strap child restraint ................. 1-27Child restraint installation on frontpassenger seat ......................................... 1-28

Booster seats ................................................. 1-31Precautions on booster seats.................... 1-31Booster seat installation on rear seatcenter or outboard positions..................... 1-34Booster seat installation on front passengerseat .......................................................... 1-35

Supplemental restraint system ....................... 1-36Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ...................................................... 1-36Supplemental air bag warning labels ........ 1-47Supplemental air bag warning light .......... 1-47

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

O For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit well backin the seat and adjust the seat beltproperly. See “Precautions on seat beltusage” later in this section.

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT

WARNING

O Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. The seat maymove suddenly and could cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle.

O Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-ous accidents.

Operating tips

O The seat motor has an auto-reset over-load protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 sec-onds, then reactivate the switch.

O Do not operate the power support seatfor a long period of time when the en-gine is off. This will discharge the bat-tery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” in the“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments”for automatic drive positioner operation.

SSS0133B

SEATS

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systems

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backwardwill slide the seat forward or backward tothe desired position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch backward untilthe desired angle is obtained. To bringthe seatback forward again, move theswitch forward and move your body for-ward. The seatback will move forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help ob-tain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precautionson seat belt usage” later in this section.)Also, the seatback may be reclined toallow occupants to rest when the vehicleis parked.

Seat lifter

Pull the switch up or push it down to ad-just the angle and height of the seatcushion.

SSS0182A SSS0183

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1-3

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Lumbar support (Driver’s seat) —if so equipped

The lumbar support feature provideslower back support to the driver. Pusheach side of the switch to adjust the seatlumbar area.

REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT

Folding

1. Remove the head restraints.

2. Pull the seat belt to side.

3. After removing the cargo cover (if soequipped), pull the lever on the rearseat jA or pull the lever on both sidesof the luggage room jB and fold theseatback.

4. When resetting the seat, be sure to in-stall the head restraints.

WARNING

O Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is inthe fold-down position. Use of these ar-eas by passengers without proper re-straints could result in serious injury inan accident or sudden stop.

O It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside a vehicle. In a colli-sion, people riding in these areas aremore likely to be seriously injured orkilled.

O Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts. Be sure ev-eryone in your vehicle is in a seat andusing a seat belt properly.

O Do not fold down the rear seats whenoccupants are in the rear seat area, anyluggage is on the rear seat or any cupis in the cup holder.

O Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide signifi-

SSS0242 SSS0247


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

cant protection against injury in an ac-cident. Always replace and adjust themproperly if they have been removed forany reason.

O If the head restraints are removed forany reason, they should be securelystored to prevent them from causing in-jury to passengers or damage to the ve-hicle in case of sudden braking or anaccident.

O Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seatbacks.In a sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personal in-jury.

O When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched posi-tion. If they are not completely se-cured, passengers may be injured in anaccident or sudden stop.

O When returning the seatbacks, be sureto attach the rear center seat beltconnector.

O Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

O When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that the seat-backs are completely secured in thelatched position and the rear centerseat belt connector is completely se-cured.

O If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident or sud-den stop. Reclining

Pull the reclining lever j1 and positionthe seat back at the desired angle j2 . Re-lease the reclining lever j1 after position-ing the seat at the desired angle j2 .

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,

SSS0248


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

O For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit well backin the seat and adjust the seat beltproperly. See “Precautions on seat beltusage” later in this section.

O After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securely locked.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT

To raise the head restraint, just pull it up.To lower, push the lock knob j1 and pushthe head restraint down.

Adjust the head restraints so the center islevel with the center of your ears.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjusted prop-erly as they may provide significant protec-tion against injury in an accident. Do notremove them. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat.

SSS0125C SSS0287


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT (frontseats)

WARNING

O Always adjust the head restraints prop-erly as specified in the previous sec-tion. Failure to do so can reduce the ef-fectiveness of the active head restraint.

O Active head restraints are designed tosupplement other safety systems. Al-ways wear seat belts. No system can

prevent all injuries in any accident.

O Do not attach anything to the head re-straint stalks. Doing so could impair ac-tive head restraint function.

The head restraint moves forward utilizingthe force that the seatback receives fromthe occupant in a rear-end collision. Themovement of the head restraint helpssupport the occupant’s head by reducingits backward movement and helping ab-sorb some of the forces that may lead towhiplash type injuries.

Active head restraints are effective for col-lisions at low to medium speeds in whichit is said that whiplash injury occursmost.

Active head restraints operate only in cer-tain rear-end collisions. After the colli-sion, the head restraints return to theiroriginal positions.

Properly adjust the active head restraintsas described in the previous section.

ARMREST

Pull the armrest forward until it is hori-zontal.

SPA1278

SSS0243


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat, your chances ofbeing injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. INFINITI strongly en-courages you and all of your passengersto buckle up every time you drive, even ifyour seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.

Most states, provinces or territories re-quire that seat belts be worn at all timeswhen a vehicle is being driven.

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat and, if appro-priate, in a child restraint.

O The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do somay reduce the effectiveness of the en-tire restraint system and increase the

chance or severity of injury in an acci-dent. Serious injury or death can occurif the seat belt is not worn properly.

O Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from your faceand neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

SSS0136A

SEAT BELTS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high could in-crease the risk of internal injuries in anaccident.

O Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

O Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its effec-tiveness.

O Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

O Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

O If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is turned ONwith all doors closed and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a malfunction inthe system. Have the system checked byan INFINITI dealer.

O Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has acti-vated, it cannot be reused and must bereplaced together with the retractor. Seean INFINITI dealer.

O Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system componentsshould be done by an INFINITI dealer.

O All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware, shouldbe inspected after any collision by an IN-FINITI dealer. INFINITI recommendsthat all seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replaced unless thecollision was minor and the belts showno damage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should

also be inspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation is noted.

O All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after any colli-sion. Always follow the restraint manu-facturer’s inspection instructions and re-placement recommendations. The childrestraints should be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0134A


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, in-cluding doctors, teachers, governmenttraffic safety offices, and community orga-nizations. Every child is different, so besure to learn the best way to transport yourchild.

There are three basic types of child re-straint systems:

O Rear facing child restraint

O Front facing child restraint

O Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants (up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lb (9 kg)) should beplaced in rear facing child restraints. Frontfacing child restraints are available for chil-dren who outgrow rear facing child re-straints and are at least 1 year old. Boosterseats are used to help position a vehiclelap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a front facing child restraint.

SSS0014 SSS0016


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Infants and children need special protection.The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit themproperly. The shoulder belt may come tooclose to the face or neck. The lap belt maynot fit over their small hip bones. In an acci-dent, an improperly fitting seat belt couldcause serious or fatal injury. Always use ap-propriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approvedchild restraints for infants and small chil-dren. (See “Child restraints” later in thissection.)

Also, there are other types of child re-straints available for larger children for ad-ditional protection.

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint

system (air bag system) for the front pas-senger. See “Supplemental restraintsystem” earlier in this section.

Infants

Infants up to at least one year old shouldbe placed in a rear facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint whichfits your vehicle and always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for installationand use.

Small children

Children that are over one year old andweigh between 20 lbs (9 kg) and 40 lbs (18kg) can be placed in a forward facing childrestraint. Refer to the manufacturer’s in-structions for minimum and maximumweight and height recommendations. IN-FINITI recommends that small children beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

Larger children

Children who are too large for child re-straints should be seated and restrainedby the seat belts which are provided. Theseat belt may not fit properly if the child isless than 4 feet 9 inches (142.5 cm) talland weighs between 40 lbs (18 kg) and 80lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should be usedto obtain proper seat belt fit.

INFINITI recommends that a child beplaced in a commercially available boosterseat if the shoulder belt in the child’s seat-ing position fits close to the face or neck orif the lap portion of the seat belt goesacross the abdomen. The booster seatshould raise the child so that the shoulderbelt is properly positioned across the top,middle portion of the shoulder and the lapbelt is low on the hips. A booster seat canonly be used in seating positions that havea three-point type seat belt. The boosterseat should fit the vehicle seat and have alabel certifying that it complies with Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca-nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.Once the child has grown so the shoulderbelt is no longer on or near the face andneck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo areaswhile the vehicle is moving. The child couldbe seriously injured or killed in an accidentor sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

INFINITI recommends that pregnantwomen use seat belts. The seat beltshould be worn snug, and always positionthe lap belt as low as possible around thehips, not the waist, and place theshoulder belt over your shoulder andacross your chest. Never run thelap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specific rec-ommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

INFINITI recommends that injured per-sons use seat belts, depending on the in-jury. Check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,

you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

O For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit well backin the seat and adjust the seat beltproperly.

SSS0292Front seat

SSS0293Rear seat


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in

this section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re-tractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until it clicks. (For additional in-formation regarding the rear centerseat belt, see “Setting center seatbelt”.)

O The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion will permit the belt tomove, and allow you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

O If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Then smoothlypull the belt out of the retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger and rear seat beltshave a locking mechanism for child re-straint installation. It is referred to as the

automatic locking mode.

When the locking mechanism is activatedthe seat belt cannot be extended again un-til the seat belt tongue is detached fromthe buckle and fully retracted. For addi-tional information, see “Child restraints”later in this section.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a pas-senger, the locking mode should not be ac-tivated. If it is activated it may cause un-comfortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position. If they are not com-pletely secured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

SSS0290Front seat

SSS0291ARear seat


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the belt, press the button onthe buckle. The seat belt will automati-cally retract.

Checking seat belt operation

Your seat belt retractors are designed tolock belt movement using two separatemethods:

O when the belt is pulled quickly fromthe retractor.

O when the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

O grasp the shoulder belt and pullquickly forward. The retractor shouldlock and restrict further belt move-ment.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck or if you have any questions aboutbelt operation, see an INFINITI dealer.

Shoulder belt height adjustment(For front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best suited foryou. (See “Precautions on seat beltusage” earlier in this section.) To adjust,pull the release button jA , and then movethe shoulder belt anchor to the desiredposition, so that the belt passes over theshoulder. Release the adjustment buttonto lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi-tion.

SSS0326 SSS0351


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move the shoul-der belt anchor up and down to makesure it is securely fixed in position.

O The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best foryou. Failure to do so may reduce the ef-fectiveness of the entire restraintsystem and increase the chance or se-verity of injury in an accident.

REAR CENTER SEAT BELT

The rear center seat belt has a connectortongue j1 and a seat belt tongue j2 .Both the connector tongue and the seatbelt tongue must be securely latched forproper seat belt operation.

WARNING

O Always fasten the connector tongueand the seat belt in the order shown.

O Always make sure both the connectortongue and the seat belt tongue are se-cured when using the seat belt. Do notuse it with only the seat belt tongue at-tached. This could result in serious per-sonal injury in case of an accident or asudden stop.

SSS0240 SSS0241


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Stowing rear center seat belt

When folding down the rear seat, the rearcenter seat belt can be retracted into astowed position as follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue j1 so thatthe seat belt does not retract suddenlywhen the tongue is released from theconnector buckle.

2. Insert a suitable tool such as a key jA

into the connector buckle and releasethe connector tongue.

3. Fold the connector as illustrated j2 .

4. Then secure the connector tongue intothe retractor base j3 in the ceiling.

WARNING


O When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that the seat-backs are completely secured in thelatched position and the rear centerseat belt connector is completely

secured.

O If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident or sud-den stop.

SSS0249


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Attaching rear center seat belt

Always be sure the rear center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckleare attached. Disconnect only whenfolding down the rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the seat belt tongue from theretractor base j1 in the ceiling.

2. Pull the seat belt and secure the con-nector buckle until it clicks j2 .

The center seat belt connector tongue andbuckle are indicated by the “.” and “m”mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue canbe attached only into the rear center seatbelt connector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening theseat belt” earlier in this section.

WARNING


O When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that the seat-backs are completely secured in thelatched position and the rear centerseat belt connector is completely se-cured.

O If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident or sud-den stop.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving posi-tion, it is not possible to properly fit thelap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an ex-tender is available. The extender adds ap-proximately 8 inches (200 mm) of lengthand may be used for either the driver orfront passenger seating position. See anINFINITI dealer for assistance if the ex-tender is required.

SSS0250


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Only INFINITI seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with INFINITIseat belts.

O Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

O Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured in a collision or a sud-den stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

O To clean the seat belt webbings,apply a mild soap solution or any so-lution recommended for cleaning up-holstery or carpets. Then brush thewebbing, wipe it with a cloth andallow it to dry in the shade. Do not al-

low the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

O If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, theseat belts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

O Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components suchas buckles, tongues, retractors, flex-ible wires and anchors work properly.If loose parts, deterioration, cuts orother damage on the webbing isfound, the entire belt assembly shouldbe replaced.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

O Infants and small children should al-ways be placed in an appropriate childrestraint while riding in the vehicle.Failure to use a child restraint can re-sult in serious injury or death.

O Infants and small children should neverbe carried on your lap. It is not possible

SSS0099

CHILD RESTRAINTS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

for even the strongest adult to resistthe forces of a severe accident. Thechild could be crushed between theadult and parts of the vehicle. Also, donot put the same seat belt around bothyour child and yourself.

O Never install a rear-facing child re-straint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. A rear-facing child restraint must only be usedin the rear seat.

O INFINITI recommends that the child re-straint be installed in the rear seat. Ac-cording to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

O An improperly installed child restraintcould lead to serious injury or death inan accident.

In general, child restraints are designed tobe installed with the lap portion of alap/shoulder seat belt. In addition, this ve-hicle is equipped with a universal child re-straint lower anchor system, referred to asthe LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system. Some child restraints in-clude two rigid or webbing-mounted at-tachments that can be connected to theselower anchors. For details, see “LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)SYSTEM” later in this section.Child restraints for infants and children ofvarious sizes are offered by several manu-facturers. When selecting any child re-straint, keep the following points in mind:

O choose only a restraint with a label cer-tifying that it complies with Federal Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

O check the child restraint in your ve-hicle to be sure it is compatible withthe vehicle’s seat and seat beltsystem.

O if the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thechild restraint and check the variousadjustments to be sure the child re-straint is compatible with your child.Choose a child restraint that is de-signed for your child’s height andweight. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

All US states and Canadian provinces re-quire that infants and small children berestrained in approved child restraints atall times while the vehicle is being oper-ated.

WARNING

O Improper use of a child restraint canincrease the risk or severity of injuryfor both the child and other occupantsof the vehicle.

SSS0269


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Follow all of the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for installation anduse. When purchasing a child restraint,be sure to select one which will fit yourchild and vehicle. It may not be possibleto properly install some types of child re-straints in your vehicle.

O If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child being injuredin a collision or a sudden stop greatly in-creases.

O Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the child restraint, but as up-right as possible.

O After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the belt holds the re-straint in place. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25mm). If the restraint is not secure,tighten the belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

O If you must install a front facing child re-straint in the front seat, see “Child re-straint installation on front passengerseat” later in this section for details.

O When your child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown around in caseof a sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot. Checkthe seating surface and buckles beforeplacing your child in the child restraint.

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONON REAR SEAT OUTBOARD ORCENTER POSITIONS

WARNING

O The three-point seat belt in your vehicleis equipped with an automatic lockingmode retractor which must be used wheninstalling a child restraint.

O Failure to use the automatic lockingmode will result in the child restraint notbeing properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or otherwise be unsecuredand cause injury to the child in a suddenstop or collision.

O When installing a child restraint systemin the rear center position both thecenter seat belt connector tongue andbuckle tongue must be secured. See “At-taching rear center seat belt” earlier inthis section.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow thesesteps:

1. Position the child restraint on theseat. Always follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. The backof the child restraint should be se-cured against the vehicle seatback. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct child re-straint fit. See “Head restraint adjust-ment” earlier in this section. If thehead restraint is removed, store it in a

secure place. Be sure to install thehead restraint when the child restraintis removed. If the seating positiondoes not have an adjustable head re-straint and it is interfering with theproper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child re-straint.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

SSS0252ARear outboard seat

SSS0342Rear center seat

SSS0253E


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, thebelt retractor is in the automatic lockingmode (child restraint mode). It revertsback to emergency locking mode whenthe belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to push the child re-straint from side to side, and push itforward to make sure that it is securelyheld in place. It should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm). If it does movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again onthe shoulder belt to further tighten thechild restraint. If unable to properly se-cure the restraint, move the restraint toanother rear seating position and tryagain, or try a different child restraint.Not all child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

6. Check that the retractor is in the auto-

SSS0254E SSS0332A SSS0333


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

matic locking mode by trying to pullmore belt out of the retractor. If youcannot pull any more belt webbing outof the retractor, the belt is in the auto-matic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the belt is not locked, repeatsteps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

Rear facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow thesesteps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.

SSS0357Rear outboard seat

SSS0358Rear center seat


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all ofthe belt is fully extended. At this time,the belt retractor is in the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode). Itreverts back to emergency lockingmode when the belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

SSS0335 SSS0258A SSS0259A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to push the child re-straint from side to side, and tug it for-ward to make sure that it is securelyheld in place. It should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm). If it does movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again onthe shoulder belt to further tighten thechild restraint. If unable to properly se-cure the restraint, move the restraint toanother rear seating position and tryagain, or try a different child restraint.Not all child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

6. Check that the retractor is in the auto-matic locking mode by trying to pullmore belt out of the retractor. If youcannot pull any more belt webbing outof the retractor, the belt is in the auto-matic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the belt is not locked, repeatsteps 3 through 6.


LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS ANDTETHERS FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM

WARNING

O Attach LATCH system compatible childrestraints only at the locations shown. Ifa child restraint is not secured properly,your child could be seriously injured orkilled in an accident.

O Do not secure a child restraint in the rearcenter seating position using the

SSS0260A SSS0245


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

LATCH system anchors. The child re-straint will not be secured properly.

O The LATCH system anchors are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstance are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to two anchors located at cer-tain seating positions in your vehicle. Thissystem is known as the LATCH (Lower An-chors and Tethers for CHildren) system.This system may also be referred to as theISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. Withthis system, you do not have to use a ve-hicle seat belt to secure the child restraint.Your vehicle is equipped with special an-chor points that are used with LATCHsystem compatible child restraints. Checkyour child restraint for a label stating that itis compatible with the LATCH system. Thisinformation may also be in the child re-straint owner’s manual. If you have such achild restraint, refer to the illustration forthe rear seating positions equipped withLATCH system anchors which can be used

to secure the child restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located atthe rear of the seat cushion near the seat-back. A label is attached to the seatback tohelp you locate the LATCH system anchors.

Some child restraints may also require theuse of a top tether strap. See “Top tetherstrap child restraint” later in this sectionfor installation instructions.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

When you install a LATCH system compat-ible child restraint to the lower anchor at-tachments in the rear seat, follow thesesteps.

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by inserting yourfingers into the lower anchor area andfeeling to make sure there are no obstruc-tions over the LATCH system anchors, such

as seat belt webbing or seat cushion mate-rial. The child restraint will not be securedproperly if the LATCH system anchors are ob-structed.

1. To install the LATCH system compatiblechild restraint, adjust the height of thechild restraint LATCH system anchor at-tachments to the anchor points on therear seat.

2. Insert the anchor attachments into theanchor points. If the child restraint isequipped with a top tether, see “Toptether strap child restraint” later in thissection for installation instructions.

3. After attaching the child restraint andbefore placing the child in it, use forceto push the child restraint from side toside and tug it forward to make surethat the child restraint is securely heldin place. It should not move more than1 inch (25 mm)

4. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT

WARNING

O Child restraint anchor points are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

O After removing a rear seat head re-

straint for top tether installation, storeit securely to prevent it from causinginjury to passengers or damage to thevehicle in case of sudden braking or anaccident. Always replace it and adjustproperly when top tether is no longer inuse.

If your child restraint has a top tetherstrap, it must be secured to the anchorpoint provided behind its position.

First, adjust the seatback so that it is up-right. Then secure the child restraint withthe rear seat belt or the LATCH system(outboard positions), as applicable. Re-move the anchor cover from the anchorpoint as illustrated. Keep the removedcover in a secure place to prevent loss ordamage.

Remove the head restraint from the seat-back. Store it in a secure place. Positionthe top tether strap over the top of theseatback and secure it to the tether an-chor bracket that provides the straightestinstallation. Tighten the tether strap ac-cording to the manufacturer’s instructionto remove any slack.

For best child restraint fit, see the childrestraint installation instructions in thissection and the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

Anchor point locations

Anchor points are located on the ceilingabove the luggage room.

If you have any questions when in-stalling a top strap child restraint on therear seat, consult an INFINITI dealer fordetails.

SSS0359


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

O Never install a rear-facing child re-straint in the front passenger seat.Supplemental front air bags inflate withgreat force. A rear-facing child restraintcould be struck by the supplementalfront air bag in a crash and could seri-ously injure or kill your child.

O INFINITI recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the front pas-senger seat, move the passenger seatto the rearmost position.

O A child restraint with a top tether strapshould not be used in the front passen-ger seat.

O The passenger three-point seat belt isequipped with an automatic lockingmode retractor which must be used

when installing a child restraint.

O Failure to use the automatic lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The re-straint could tip over or otherwise beunsecured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.

SSS0300A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front facing

If you must install a child restraint in thefront seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on thefront passenger seat. It should beplaced in a front facing direction only.Move the seat to the rearmost posi-tion. Adjust the head restraint to itshighest position. Always follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions. Child restraints for infants mustbe used in the rear facing directionand therefore must not be used in thefront seat.

The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the head re-straint to obtain the correct child restraintfit. See “Head restraint adjustment” ear-lier in this section. If the head restraint isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to install the head restraint when thechild restraint is removed. If the seatingposition does not have an adjustablehead restraint and it is interfering withthe proper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child re-straint.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for belt routing.

SSS0301B SSS0360


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all ofthe belt is fully extended. At this time,the belt retractor is in the automaticlocking mode (child restraint mode). Itreverts back to emergency lockingmode when the belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

5. Before placing the child in the childrestraint, use force to push the childrestraint from side to side, and tug itforward to make sure that it is se-curely held in place. It should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm). Be-fore placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child re-straint from side to side, and tug itforward to make sure that it is se-curely held in place. It should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm). If itdoes move more than 1 inch (25 mm),pull again on the shoulder belt to fur-ther tighten the child restraint. If un-

SSS0361 SSS0331A SSS0302C


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

able to properly secure the restraint,move the restraint to another rear seat-ing position and try again, or try a dif-ferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.

6. Check that the retractor is in the auto-matic locking mode by trying to pullmore belt out of the retractor. If youcannot pull any more belt webbing outof the retractor, the belt is in the auto-matic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the lap belt is not locked, repeatsteps 3 through 6.


PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS

WARNING

O Infants and small children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate child re-straint or booster seat while riding in thevehicle. Failure to use a child restraint orbooster seat can result in serious injuryor death.

O Infants and small children should neverbe carried on your lap. It is not possiblefor even the strongest adult to resist theforces of a severe accident. The childcould be crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do not put thesame seat belt around both your childand yourself.

O INFINITI recommends that the boosterseat be installed in the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

O A booster seat must only be installed in aseating position that has a lap/shoulderbelt. Failure to use a three-point typeseat belt with a booster seat can result ina serious injury in sudden stop or colli-sion.

O An improperly installed booster seatcould lead to serious injury or death inan accident.

BOOSTER SEATS


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Do not use towels, books, pillows or otheritems in place of a booster seat. Itemssuch as these may move during normaldriving or a collision and result in seriousinjury or death. Booster seats are designedto be used with a lap/shoulder belt.Booster seats are designed to properlyroute the lap and shoulder portions of theseat belt over the strongest portions of a

child’s body to provide the maximum pro-tection during a collision.

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the followingpoints in mind:

O Choose only a booster seat with alabel certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213.

O Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the ve-hicle’s seat and seat belt system.

LRS0455 LRS0453


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the boosterseat or vehicle seat. The seatbackmust be at or above the center of thechild’s ears. For example, if a low backbooster seat j1 is chosen, the vehicleseatback must be at or above the cen-ter of the child’s ears. If the seatbackis lower than the center of the child’sears, a high back booster seat j2should be used.

O If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the booster

seat is compatible with your child. Al-ways follow all recommended proce-dures.

All U.S. states and provinces of Canadarequire that infants and small children berestrained in an approved child restraintat all times while the vehicle is being op-erated.

WARNING

O Improper use of a booster seat can in-crease the risk or severity of injury forboth the child and other occupants ofthe vehicle.

O Follow all of the booster seat manufac-turer’s instructions for installation anduse. When purchasing a booster seat,be sure to select one which will fit yourchild and vehicle. It may not be pos-sible to properly install some types ofbooster seats in your vehicle.

O If the booster seat and seat belt arenot used properly, the risk of a childbeing injured in a collision or a suddenstop greatly increases.

O Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the booster seat, but asupright as possible.

O After placing the child in the boosterseat and fastening the seat belt, makesure the shoulder portion of the belt isaway from the child’s face and neckand the lap portion of the belt does notcross the abdomen.

O Do not put the shoulder belt behind thechild or under the child’s arm. If youmust install a booster seat in the frontseat, see “Booster seat installation onfront passenger seat” later in this sec-tion.

O When your booster seat is not in use,keep it secured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown around incase of a sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a booster seat left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot. Check

LRS0464


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

the seating surface and buckles beforeplacing your child in the booster seat.

BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ONREAR SEAT CENTER OR OUTBOARDPOSITIONS

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt automaticlocking mode when using a booster seatwith the seat belts. When you install abooster seat in the rear seat, follow thesesteps:

LRS0452Outboard position

LRS0451Center position


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front facing direc-tion. Always follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

2. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.If necessary, adjust or remove thehead restraint to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. See “Head restraintadjustment” earlier in this section. Ifthe head restraint is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to installthe head restraint when the boosterseat is removed. If the seating posi-tion does not have an adjustable headrestraint and it is interfering with theproper booster seat fit, try anotherseating position or a different boosterseat.

3. Position the lap portion of the seatbelt low and snug on the child’s hips.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the belt routing.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to takeup extra slack. Be sure the shoulderbelt is positioned across the top,middle portion of the child’s shoulder.

Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the belt routing.

5. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in the “Three-point seatbelt with retractor” earlier in this sec-tion.

BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ONFRONT PASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

INFINITI recommends that child restraintsbe installed in the rear seat. However, ifyou must install a booster seat in the frontpassenger seat, move the passenger seatto the rearmost position.

If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, follow these steps:

LRS0454


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Move the seat to the rearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions.

3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable. Ifnecessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct boosterseat fit. See “Head restraint adjust-ment” earlier in this section. If the headrestraint is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to install the head re-straint when the booster seat is re-moved. If the seating position does nothave an adjustable head restraint and itis interfering with the proper boosterseat fit, try another seating position ora different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Besure to follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions for adjusting thebelt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to take upextra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle por-tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to

follow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the beltrouting.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in the “Three-point seat beltwith retractor” earlier in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important informationconcerning the driver and passenger frontimpact supplemental air bags, front seatside-impact supplemental air bags, curtainside-impact and rollover air bags and frontseat pre-tensioner seat belts.Supplemental front impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impactforce to the face and chest of the driver andfront passenger in certain frontal collisions.Supplemental side-impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the driver andfront passenger in certain side impact colli-sions. The front seat side-impact supple-mental air bags are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted.Supplemental curtain side-impact and roll-over air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the head of occu-pants in front and rear outboard seating po-sitions in certain side impact or rollover col-lisions. In a side impact, the curtain air bagsare designed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted. In a rollover both cur-tain air bags are designed to inflate and re-main inflated for a short period of time.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protec-tion provided by the driver and passengerseat belts and are not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated asuitable distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and door fin-ishers. (See “Seat belts” later in this sec-tion for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.)

After turning the ignition switch to theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the systems areoperational. WARNING

O The supplemental front air bags ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of aside impact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity frontal collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

O The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effective when

you are sitting well back and upright inthe seat. The front air bags inflate withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways or outof position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious orfatal injuries from the supplementalfront air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far awayas practical from the steering wheel

SSS0131B


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

or instrument panel. Always use theseat belts.

O The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sensorsthat detect if the seat belts are fas-tened. The air bag system monitors theseverity of a collision and then inflatesthe air bags based on belt usage.Failure to properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

O Keep hands on the outside of the steer-ing wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk that they are injured when thesupplemental front air bag inflates.

SSS0132B


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

SSS0006

SSS0007

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of the win-dow. Do not attempt to hold them in yourlap or arms. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shown in theprevious illustrations.

O Children may be severely injured orkilled when the supplemental front airbags, side air bags or curtain side-impact and rollover air bags inflate ifthey are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, if possible.

O Never install a rear-facing child restraintin the front seat. An inflating supple-mental front air bag could seriously in-jure or kill your child. See “Child re-straints” later in this section for details.

WARNING

Supplemental side air bag and curtain side-impact and rollover air bag:

O The supplemental side air bag and cur-tain side-impact and rollover air bag or-dinarily will not inflate in the event of afrontal impact, rear impact or lower se-verity side collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk or se-verity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

O The seat belts, the supplemental side airbags and curtain side-impact and roll-over air bags are most effective when youare sitting well back and upright in theseat. The side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag inflate with great force. Donot allow anyone to place their hand, legor face near the side air bag on the sideof the seatback of the front seat or nearthe side roof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rear outboardseats to extend their hand out of the

SSS0059A SSS0188A


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

window or lean against the door.Some examples of dangerous ridingpositions are shown in the previousillustrations.

O When sitting in the rear seat, do not holdonto the seatback of the front seat. If theside air bag inflates, you may be seri-ously injured. Be especially careful withchildren, who should always be properlyrestrained.

O Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere with

supplemental side air bag inflation.

SSS0140 SSS0159 SSS0162


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bags

3. Supplemental side air bag modules

4. Supplemental front air bag modules

5. Diagnosis sensor unit

6. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractor

7. Satellite sensors

8. Supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bag modules

Supplemental front air bag system

The driver supplemental air bag is locatedin the center of the steering wheel; thefront passenger supplemental air bag ismounted in the instrument panel above theglove box. These systems are designed tomeet optional certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. They are also per-mitted in Canada. The optional certificationallows front air bags to be designed to in-flate somewhat less forcefully than previ-ously. However, all of the information, cau-tions and warnings in this manual stillapply and must be followed. The front air

bags are designed to inflate in higher se-verity frontal collisions, although they mayinflate if the forces in another type of colli-sion are similar to those of a higher se-verity frontal impact. They may not inflatein certain frontal collisions. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always an indi-cation of proper supplemental air bag op-eration.

The supplemental air bag system has dualstage inflators for both the driver and pas-senger air bags. The system monitors infor-mation from the crash zone sensor, the di-agnosis sensor unit and seat belt bucklesensors that detect if the seat belts are fas-tened, inflator operation is based on theseverity of a collision and whether the seatbelts are being used. Only one front air bagmay inflate in a crash, depending on thecrash severity and whether the front occu-pants are belted or unbelted. This does notindicate improper performance of thesystem. If you have any questions aboutthe performance of your air bag system,please contact an INFINITI dealer.

When the supplemental front air bag in-flates, a fairly loud noise may be heard,

SSS0244


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

followed by release of smoke. This smokeis not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it,as it may cause irritation and choking.Those with a history of a breathing condi-tion should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along withthe use of seat belts, help to cushion theimpact force on the face and chest of thefront occupants. They can help save livesand reduce serious injuries. However, aninflating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bagsdo not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver and passenger seated up-right as far as practical away from thesteering wheel or dashboard. The supple-mental front air bags inflate quickly in or-der to help protect the front occupants.Because of this, the force of the front airbag inflating can increase the risk of in-jury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst the air bag module during infla-tion. The air bag will deflate quickly afterthe collision is over.

After turning the ignition switch to theON position, the supplemental air bag

warning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system is op-erational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place any ob-jects between any occupant and thesteering wheel or instrument panel.Such objects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if thesupplemental front air bag inflates.

O Immediately after inflation, several airbag system components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severely burnyourself.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. Thisis to prevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

O Do not make unauthorized changes to

your vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or front end structure.This could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental air bag system.

O Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel and theinstrument panel assembly by placingmaterial over the steering wheel padand above the instrument panel or byinstalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

O Work around and on the supplementalfront air bag system should be done byan INFINITI dealer. Installation ofelectrical equipment should also bedone by an INFINITI dealer. TheSupplemental Restrain System (SRS)wiring should not be modified or dis-connected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the air bag system.

O A cracked windshield should be re-


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

placed immediately by a qualified repairfacility. A cracked windshield could af-fect inflation of the supplemental air bagsystem.

O The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the supplemen-tal front air bag system and guide the buyerto the appropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

Supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact and rollover airbag system

The supplemental side air bags are locatedin the outside of the seatback of the frontseats. The supplemental curtain side-impact and rollover air bags are located inthe side roof rails. These systems are de-signed to meet voluntary guidelines to helpreduce the risk of injury to out-of-positionoccupants. However, all of the information,cautions and warnings in this manual stillapply and must be followed. The supple-mental side air bags and curtain side-

impact and rollover air bags are designedto inflate in higher severity side collisions,although they may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity side impact. Theyare designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted. They may not in-flate in certain side collisions. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always an indi-cation of proper supplemental side air bagand curtain side-impact and rollover airbag operation.

Curtain side-impact and rollover air bagsare also designed to inflate in certain typesof rollover collisions or near rollovers.

When the supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag inflate, a fairlyloud noise may be heard, followed by re-lease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita-tion and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Supplemental side air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, help to cushion the im-pact force on the chest of the front occu-pants. Curtain side-impact and rollover airbags help to cushion the impact force to

SSS0190


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

the head of occupants in the front and rearoutboard seating positions. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating side air bag and cur-tain side-impact air bag may cause abra-sions or other injuries. Supplemental sideair bags and curtain side-impact and roll-over air bags do not provide restraint to thelower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the side air bag.Rear seat passengers should be seated asfar away as practical from the door finishersand side roof rails. The side air bags andcurtain side-impact air bag inflate quickly inorder to help protect the front occupants.Because of this, the force of the side air bagand curtain air bag inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too closeto, or is against, these air bag modules dur-ing inflation. The side air bag will deflatequickly after the collision is over.

The curtain side-impact and rollover air bagwill remain inflated for a short time.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do notplaceany objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) be-tween the front door finisher and thefront seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifthe side air bag or curtain side-impact airbag inflates.

O Immediately after inflation, several sideair bag and curtain side-impact and roll-over air bag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you may se-verely burn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of thisside air bag and curtain side-impact airbag system. This is to prevent accidentalinflation of the side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag or damage to theside air bag and curtain side-impact airbag system.

O Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-

sion system or side panel. This could af-fect proper operation of the supple-mental side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag system.

O Tampering with the supplementalsystem may result in serious personal in-jury. For example, do not change thefront seat by placing material near theseatback or by installing additional trimmaterial, such as seat covers, around theside air bag.

O Work around and on the side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag systemshould be done by an INFINITI dealer.Installation of electrical equipmentshould also be done by an INFINITIdealer. The SRS wiring harnesses*should not be modified or disconnected.Unauthorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not be usedon the side air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses are coveredwith yellow insulation either just beforethe harness connectors or over the com-plete harness for easy identification.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag system andguide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Forfront seats)

WARNING

O The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be re-used after activation. It must be replacedtogether with the retractor and buckle asa unit.

O If the vehicle becomes involved in a fron-tal collision but the pre-tensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, if neces-sary, replaced by an INFINITI dealer.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of thepre-tensioner seat belt system. This is toprevent accidental activation of the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre-tensioner seat belt operation. Tampering

with the pre-tensioner seat belt systemmay result in serious personal injury.

O Work around and on the pre-tensionersystem should be done by an INFINITIdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by anINFINITI dealer. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the pre-tensionerseat belt system.

O If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact anINFINITI dealer. Correct pre-tensionerdisposal procedures are set forth in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.Incorrect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat beltsystem activates in conjunction with thefront supplemental air bag systems.Working with the seat belt retractor, ithelps tighten the seat belt when the ve-hicle becomes involved in certain types ofcollisions, helping to restrain front seat oc-cupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seatbelt’s retractor. These seat belts are usedin the same way as conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, but careshould be taken not to inhale it as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensioner system, the supplemental airbag warning light will not come on,will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7seconds and remain on after the ignitionswitch has been turned to the ON or STARTposition. In this case, the pre-tensionerseat belt may not function properly. Theymust be checked and repaired. Take yourvehicle to an INFINITI dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat belt system and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.


Z 04.7.16/S50-D/V5.0 X

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

Warning labels about the supplementalfront air bag and supplemental side-impactand rollover air bag systems are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

j1 SRS air bag

The warning labels are located on the sur-face of the sun visor.

j2 SRS side-impact air bag

The warning label is located on the side ofthe passenger’s side center pillar.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits of the supplementalfront air bag, supplemental side air bagand curtain side-impact and rollover airbag systems, and pre-tensioner seat belt.The circuits monitored by the air bag warn-ing light are the diagnosis sensor unit,crash zone sensor, satellite sensors, frontair bag modules, side air bag modules, cur-tain side-impact air bag modules, pre-tensioner seat belt and all related wiring.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 sec-onds if the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplementalside air bag and curtain side-impact air bagsystems, and pre-tensioner seat belt needservicing:

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplementalfront air bags, supplemental side air bags,curtain side-impact air bags and/or pre-tensioner seat belt may not operate prop-erly. They must be checked and repaired.Take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer.

SSS0362 SPA1097


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the supplemental frontair bag, supplemental side air bag, curtainair bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seatbelt system will not operate in an accident.To help avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by an INFINITIdealer as soon as possible.

Repair and replacement procedure

The supplemental front air bags, supple-mental side air bags, curtain side-impactair bags and pre-tensioner seat belt are de-signed to inflate on a one-time-only basis.As a reminder, unless it is damaged, thesupplemental air bag warning light will re-main illuminated after inflation has oc-curred. Repair and replacement of thesesystems should be done only by an IN-FINITI dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental front air bags,side air bags, curtain air bags, relatedparts and pre-tensioner seat belt should bepointed out to the person conducting themaintenance. The ignition switch should

always be in the LOCK position when work-ing under the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

O Once a supplemental front air bag,supplemental side air bag or curtain airbag has inflated, the air bag module willnot function again and must be replaced.Additionally, if any of the supplementalfront air bags inflate, the activated pre-tensioner seat belts must also be re-placed. The air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt system should be re-placed by an INFINITI dealer. The airbag modules and pre-tensioner seat beltsystem cannot be repaired.

O The supplemental front air bag, side airbag and curtain side-impact air bag sys-tems, and pre-tensioner seat belt systemshould be inspected by an INFINITIdealer if there is any damage to the frontend or side portion of the vehicle.

O If you need to dispose of these supple-mental systems or scrap the vehicle, con-tact an INFINITI dealer. Correct disposalprocedures are set forth in the appro-priate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could cause personalinjury.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel ............................................. 2-2Meters and gauges........................................... 2-3

Speedometer and odometer ........................ 2-4Tachometer ................................................. 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge.............. 2-5Fuel gauge .................................................. 2-5

Compass display .............................................. 2-6Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders......................................................... 2-9

Checking bulbs ........................................... 2-9Warning lights ............................................ 2-9Indicator lights ......................................... 2-14Audible reminders..................................... 2-16

Security systems ............................................ 2-17Vehicle Security System............................ 2-17INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ....... 2-18

Windshield wiper and washer switch ............ 2-20Rear window wiper and washer switch .......... 2-20Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch ............................................................ 2-21Headlight and turn signal switch ................... 2-21

Xenon headlights ..................................... 2-21Headlight switch ...................................... 2-22

Daytime running light system(Canada only) ........................................... 2-25Instrument brightness control................... 2-25Turn signal switch .................................... 2-26Fog light switch (if so equipped) ............... 2-26

Hazard warning flasher switch ....................... 2-26Horn............................................................... 2-27Heated seats (if so equipped) ........................ 2-27Lane departure warning switch....................... 2-28Snow mode switch ......................................... 2-29Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch........ 2-29Clock.............................................................. 2-30

Adjusting the time .................................... 2-30Power outlet................................................... 2-30Cigarette lighter and ashtray .......................... 2-32Storage .......................................................... 2-32

Sunglasses holder .................................... 2-32Cup holders .............................................. 2-33Glove box.................................................. 2-34Console box .............................................. 2-35Card holder (for driver’s side) ................... 2-36Cargo net (if so equipped) ........................ 2-36Tonneau cover (if so equipped) ................. 2-37

Windows ........................................................ 2-37

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Power windows ......................................... 2-37Sunroof (if so equipped)................................. 2-39

Automatic sunroof..................................... 2-39Interior light................................................... 2-41

Room light ................................................ 2-41Map light .................................................. 2-41Ceiling light (if so equipped)..................... 2-42Rear personal light .................................. 2-42

Vanity mirror light .......................................... 2-43HomeLink Universal Transceiver(if so equipped).............................................. 2-43

Programming HomeLink .......................... 2-44Programming HomeLink for Canadiancustomers ................................................. 2-45Operating the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver................................................ 2-45Programming trouble-diagnosis................. 2-45Clearing the programmed information....... 2-46Reprogramming a single HomeLinkbutton....................................................... 2-46If your vehicle is stolen ............................ 2-46

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Outside mirror remote control (P.3-32)2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal

switch (P.2-21)3. Trip odometer reset knob (P.2-4)

4. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-25)

5. Headlight aiming control switch(P.2-24)

6. Trip odometer select knob (P.2-4)7. Steering switch for Audio (P.4-45)8. Security indicator light (P.2-17)9. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)

10. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-36)11. Cruise control main/set switch

(P.5-20) or Intelligent cruise controlswitch (if so equipped) (P.5-22)

12. Windshield wiper/washer switch(P.2-20)

13. Ignition switch (P.5-8)/Ignition knob(P.3-13)

14. Center ventilator (P.4-18)15. Display, Climate and Audio control

switches/buttons (P.4-2)/Navigationsystem*

16. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-36)

17. Lane departure warning switch(P.2-28)

18. Hood release handle (P.3-24)19. Fuse box (P.8-24)20. SNOW mode switch (P.2-29)21. Parking brake pedal/parking brake re-

lease pedal (P.5-16)22. VDC OFF switch (P.2-29)23. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel

switch (if so equipped) (P.3-28)24. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (if so

equipped) (P.3-28)25. Telescopic steering wheel lock lever

(P.3-28)26. Hazard warning flasher switch

(P.2-26)

SSI0066

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

Z 04.7.16/S50-D/V5.0 X

27. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)(P.2-27)

28. Cassette player (P.4-28)29. Cigarette lighter and ashtray (P.2-32)30. Automatic transmission selector lever

(P.5-12)31. Clock (P.2-30)32. Glove box (P.2-34)See the page indicated in parentheses foroperating details.*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Warning/Indicator lights

2. Tachometer

3. Speedometer

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Intelligent cruise control system dis-

play (if so equipped)

6. Automatic transmission position indi-cator

7. Odometer (Total/Twin trip)

8. Fuel gauge

SIC2135

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed(MPH and km/h).

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer are dis-played when the ignition key is in the ONposition.

The odometer j1 records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer j2 records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the trip knob j3 changes the dis-play as follows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Push and hold the reset knob j4 to resetthe trip odometer to zero.

Elapsed time, driving distance and averagespeed information are also available. Referto “How to use “TRIP” button” in the “Dis-play screen, heater, air conditioner and au-dio systems” section later in the manual.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm).

Do not rev the engine into the red zone jA .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause serious en-gine damage.

SIC2136

SIC2551


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is normalwhen the gauge indicates within the rangejA .

The engine coolant temperature will varywith the outside air temperature anddriving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolant tem-perature near the hot (H) end of the normalrange, reduce vehicle speed to decrease tem-perature. If the gauge is over the normalrange jA , stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible. If the engine is overheated, contin-ued operation of the vehicle may seriouslydamage the engine. See “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for immediate action required.

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly duringbraking, turning, acceleration, or going upor down hill.

The gauge needle is designed to move tothe E (Empty) position when the ignitionswitch is turned to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters Empty.

SIC2137A SIC2138A


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

The low fuel warning light jA comes onwhen the fuel tank is getting low. Refuelas soon as it is convenient, preferably be-fore the gauge reaches E. There will be asmall reserve of fuel in the tank when thefuel gauge needle reaches E.

The indicates that the fuel filler lid islocated on the passenger’s side of the ve-hicle.

CAUTION

O If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator lamp

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon aspossible. After a few driving trips, the

lamp should turn off. If the lampremains on after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by anINFINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see “Mal-function indicator lamp (MIL)” later inthis section.

When the COMPASS switch jA is in theON position, the compass display jB willindicate the direction the vehicle is head-ing.

N: north

E: east

S: south

W: west

If the display reads “C”, calibrate thecompass by driving the vehicle in 3 com-plete circles at less than five mph (8km/h). You can also calibrate the com-

pass by driving your vehicle on your ev-eryday route. The compass will be cali-brated once it has tracked 3 completecircles.

To turn off the compass, push jA again.

SIC1901A

COMPASS DISPLAY


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Zone variation change procedure

The difference between magnetic northand geographical north is known as vari-ance. In some areas, this difference cansometimes be great enough to causefalse compass readings. Follow these in-structions to set the variance for your par-ticular location if this happens:

1. Press the COMPASS switch for morethan 3 seconds. The current zonenumber will appear in the display.

2. Find your current location and vari-ance number on the zone map.

3. Press and hold the COMPASS switchuntil the new zone number appears inthe display, then release the switch.After you release the switch, the dis-play will show a compass directionwithin a few seconds.

Inaccurate compass direction:

1. With the display turned on, push theCOMPASS switch for 3 seconds, untila zone selection number is displayedin the mirror compass window.

2. Push the COMPASS switch repeatedly(toggle) until the correct zone is dis-played, then release the switch.SIC0611B


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. The display returns to the normal com-pass mode within 10 seconds afterthe switch is released.

4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeatsteps 1 thru 3. See map.

O If the compass deviates from the cor-rect direction after repeated adjust-ment, have the compass checked atan INFINITI dealer.

O The compass may not indicate the cor-rect compass point in tunnels or whiledriving up or down a steep hill.(The compass returns to the correctcompass point when the vehiclemoves to an area where the geomag-netism is stabilized.)

CAUTION

O Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect the op-eration of the compass.

O When cleaning the mirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampenedwith glass cleaner. Do not spray glass

cleaner directly on the mirror as it maycause the liquid cleaner to enter themirror housing.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

or Anti-lock brake warning lightIntelligent Cruise Control system warninglight (Orange; if so equipped)

Cruise set switch indicator light

Automatic transmission check warninglight

Lane Departure Warning system indicatorlight (Orange; if so equipped)

High beam indicator light (Blue)

AWD (All-wheel drive) warning light (AWDmodels)

Low tire pressure warning lightIntelligent Cruise Control system ON/OFFswitch indicator light (Green; if soequipped)

Preview Function warning light (Orange;if so equipped)

Low washer fluid warning lightIntelligent Cruise Control system setswitch indicator light (if so equipped)

or Brake warning light Seat belt warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

Charge warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

Door open warning lightIntelligent Key warning light (if soequipped)

Snow mode indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning lightAutomatic transmission position indicatorlight

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

P position selecting warning light andchime (if so equipped)

Cruise main switch indicator light (Green)Vehicle dynamic control off indicatorlight

CHECKING BULBSApply the parking brake and turn the igni-tion switch to ON without starting the en-gine. The following lights will come on:

, or , , , ,, ,

The following lights come on briefly andthen go off:

, or , , , ,, , ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indi-cate a burned-out bulb or an open circuitin the electrical system. Have the systemrepaired promptly.

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock brakewarning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lockbrake system is not functioning properly.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Have the system checked by an INFINITIdealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system,the anti-lock function will cease but theordinary brakes will continue to operatenormally.

If the light comes on while you aredriving, contact an INFINITI dealer forrepair.

Automatic transmissioncheck warning light

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the light comes on for 2 seconds. If thelight blinks for approximately 8 seconds,it may indicate the automatic transmis-sion system is not functioning properly.Have an INFINITI dealer check and repairthe transmission.

AWD (All-wheel drive)warning light (AWD models)

The AWD warning light comes on whenthe ignition switch is turned to ON. Itturns off soon after the engine is started.

If the AWD system malfunctions or therevolution, or radius of the front and therear wheel are different, the warning lightwill either remain illuminated or blink.

See “Using all-wheel drive (AWD)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

CAUTION

O If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunction inthe AWD system even if the drivingmode is in the AUTO or LOCK position.Have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

O Do not drive on dry hard surface roadsin the LOCK mode.

O If the AWD warning light blinks onwhen you are driving:

- blinks rapidly (about twice a second):Pull off the road in a safe area, andidle the engine. The driving modewill change to 2WD to prevent theAWD system from malfunctioning.If the warning light turns off, you candrive again.

- blinks slowly (about once every 2seconds):Pull off the road in a safe area, and

idle the engine. Check that all tire sizesare the same, tire pressure is correctand tires are not worn.

If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehicle checkedby an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

Preview Function warninglight (Orange: if soequipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the Brake Assist (with PreviewFunction) system.

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ON po-sition, the light comes on when the park-ing brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

The light warns of a low brake fluid level.If the light comes on while the engine is


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

running with the parking brake not ap-plied, stop the vehicle and perform thefollowing:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. See “Brake fluid”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

WARNING

O Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on. Driv-ing could be dangerous. If you judge itto be safe, drive carefully to the nearestservice station for repairs. Otherwise,have your vehicle towed becausedriving it could be dangerous.

O Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

O If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at an

INFINITI dealer.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked by anINFINITI dealer.

Charge warning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate that the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turnthe engine off and check the alternatorbelt. If the belt is loose, broken, missingor if the light remains on, see an INFINITIdealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the generatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of thedoors are not closed securely while theignition switch is ON.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pres-sure. If the light flickers or comes on dur-ing normal driving, pull off the road in asafe area, stop the engine immediatelyand call an INFINITI dealer or other au-thorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level.See “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could cause seri-ous damage to the engine almost immedi-ately. Such damage is not covered by war-ranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it issafe to do so.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

P position selecting warninglight and chime (forIntelligent Key system) (ifso equipped)

The light blinks in red and warning buzzerbeeps when the selector lever is not inthe P position and you are out with theIntelligent Key.

When the warning light blinks, move theselector lever to P position and return theignition knob to the LOCK position.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem warning light(Orange; if so equipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem.

Lane Departure Warningsystem indicator light(Orange; if so equipped)

The light will blink if the vehicle is travel-ing close to either the left or the right ofthe traveling lane.

The light illuminates if there is a malfunc-

tion in the Lane Departure Warningsystem.

Low tire pressure warninglight

After the ignition switch is turned ON, thislight comes on for about 1 second andturns off.

This light warns of low tire pressure.

INFINITI’s low tire pressure warningsystem is a tire pressure monitoringsystem. It monitors tire pressure of alltires except the spare. When the tire pres-sure monitoring system warning light islit, one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated. You should stopand check your tires as soon as possible,and inflate them to the proper pressureas indicated on the vehicle’s tire informa-tion placard. Driving on a significantlyunder-inflated tire causes the tire to over-heat and can lead to tire failure.Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stoppingability. Each tire, including the spare,should be checked monthly when coldand set to the recommended inflationpressure as specified in the vehicleplacard and Owner’s Manual.

The recommended inflation pressure mayalso be found on the Tire and Loading In-formation label.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure (lower than 26 psi, 180 kPa), thelight will illuminate and the chime willsound for about 10 seconds. If you selectthe tire pressure information in the dis-play, the FLAT TIRE warning message willbe displayed.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section and “Flattire” in the “6. In case of emergency”section.

Also, you can check the pressure of all 4tires on the display screen. See “Tirepressure information” in the “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems” section.

WARNING

O If the light does not come on with thekey switch turned ON, have the vehicle


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

checked by an INFINITI dealer as soonas possible.

O If the light comes on while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury. Checkthe tire pressure for all four tires. Ad-just the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown onthe Tire and Loading Information labelto turn the low tire pressure warninglight OFF. If the light still comes onwhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. If you havea flat tire, replace it with a spare tire assoon as possible.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, tire pressure will notbe indicated and the low tire pressurewarning system will not function. Con-tact an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos-sible for tire replacement and/or

system resetting.

CAUTION

O The low tire pressure warning system isnot a substitute for the regular tirepressure check. Be sure to check thetire pressure regularly.

O If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 20 MPH (32 km/h), the lowtire pressure warning system may notoperate correctly.

O Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Low washer fluid warninglight

This light comes on when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. See “Window washer fluid” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is turned to ON, andwill remain illuminated until the driver’sseat belt is fastened. At the same time,the chime will sound for about 6 secondsunless the driver’s seat belt is securelyfastened.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, re-straints and supplemental air bag sys-tems” section for precautions on seat beltusage.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light will illuminate. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system is op-erational.

If any of the following conditions occur,the supplemental front air bag, supple-mental side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag systems, and pre-tensionerseat belt need servicing and your vehiclemust be taken to an INFINITI dealer.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supple-mental Restraint Systems and/or the pre-tensioner seat belt may not function prop-erly. For additional information, see“Supplemental restraint system” in the “1.Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the supplemental frontair bag, supplemental side air bag, curtainside-impact air bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systems will not operatein an accident. To help avoid injury to your-self or others, have your vehicle checked byan INFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

Intelligent Key warning light(for Intelligent Key system)(if so equipped)

This light comes on in green when it is pos-sible to turn the ignition knob.

When the light comes on in red, it is notpossible to turn the knob.

O The warning light blinks in red when theIntelligent Key is outside the vehiclewith the ignition knob in the ACC or ONposition. Confirm the location of thekey as soon as possible when the warn-ing light blinks in red.Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou while driving the vehicle.

O The warning light goes off about 10 sec-onds after the Intelligent Key isbrought inside the vehicle.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Automatic transmissionposition indicator light

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the indicator in the tachom-eter shows the automatic transmission se-lector lever position. See “Driving with au-tomatic transmission” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

Cruise main switch indicatorlight (Green)

The light comes on when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the main switch is pushed again.When the cruise main switch indicator lightcomes on, the cruise control system is op-erational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlight

The light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the cruise control system.If the light blinks while the engine is run-ning, it may indicate the cruise control sys-tem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI dealer.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlighthigh beam is on and goes out when the lowbeam is selected.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem ON/OFF switchindicator light (Green; if soequipped)

The light comes on when the ICC systemON/OFF switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the ON/OFF switch is pushed again.While the ON/OFF switch indicator lightcomes on, the ICC system is operational.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem set switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol system. If the light blinks while the en-gine is running, it may indicate the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system is not func-tioning properly. Have the system checkedby an INFINITI dealer.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)

If the malfunction indicator lamp comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is run-

ning, it may indicate a potential emissioncontrol malfunction.

The malfunction indicator lamp may alsocome on steady if the fuel filler cap is looseor missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is in-stalled and closed tightly, and that the ve-hicle has at least three gallons of fuel in thefuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lampshould turn off if no other potential emis-sion control system malfunction exists.

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will comeon in one of two ways:

O Malfunction indicator lamp on steady —An emission control system malfunc-tion has been detected. Check the fuelfiller cap. If the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

lamp should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the lamp does notturn off after a few driving trips, havethe vehicle inspected by an INFINITIdealer. You do not need to have your ve-hicle towed to the dealer.

O Malfunction indicator lamp blinking —An engine misfire has been detectedwhich may damage the emission con-trol system. To reduce or avoid emis-sion control system damage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45MPH (72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion.

c) Avoid steep uphill grades.d) If possible, reduce the amount of

cargo being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp maystop blinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by anINFINITI dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without havingthe emission control system checked and re-paired as necessary could lead to poor drive-ability, reduced fuel economy, and possibledamage to the emission control system.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDCsystem or the traction control system is op-erating, thus alerting the driver to the factthat the road surface is slippery and the ve-hicle is nearing its traction limits.

Snow mode switch indicatorlight

When selecting SNOW mode while the en-gine is running, this light will illuminate.See “SNOW MODE SWITCH” in the “2. In-struments and controls” section.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The light flashes when the turn signalswitch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle dynamic control offindicator light

The light comes on when the vehicle dy-namic control (VDC) off switch is pushed toOFF. This indicates the VDC system andtraction control system are not operating.When the VDC off indicator light and slip in-

dicator light come on with the VDC systemturned on, this light alerts the driver to thefact that the VDC system’s fail-safe mode isoperating, i.e. the VDC system may not befunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI dealer. If an ab-normality occurs in the system, the VDCsystem function will be canceled but thevehicle is still driveable. For additional in-formation, see “Vehicle dynamic control(VDC) system” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chime

The chime will sound if the driver’s sidedoor is opened while the key is left in theignition switch (ignition switch is turnedoff). Remove the key and take it with youwhen leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chime

The headlights will turn off when the frontdoor is opened with the light switch on un-less the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, or in the case of a model with the In-telligent Key, when the ignition knob is notin the LOCK position.

When you turn the headlight switch ONagain after the lights automatically turn offand when you open the driver’s door, thelights will not turn off automatically and achime will sound instead. See the batterysaver system under “Headlight switch” inthis section for details. Make sure to turnthe light switch off when you leave the ve-hicle.

Brake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires re-placement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-tion whether or not the brake pedal is de-pressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)chime

If the vehicle is traveling close to either theleft or the right of a traveling lane with de-tectable lane markers, the LDW system willblink the LDW indicator light and a chimesound.


Z 04.9.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

Your vehicle has two types of security sys-tems:

O Vehicle Security System

O INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

The condition of the security indicator lightshows the status of the Vehicle SecuritySystem and the INFINITI Vehicle Immobi-lizer System.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The Vehicle Security System provides vi-sual and audio alarm signals if someoneopens the doors, hood, or trunk lid when

the system is armed. It is not, however, amotion detection type system that acti-vates when a vehicle is moved or when a vi-bration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your keys in the vehicle, andalways lock it when unattended. Be awareof your surroundings, and park in secure,well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and spe-cialty shops, Your INFINITI dealer mayalso offer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may be eli-gible for discounts for various theft protec-tion features.

How to activate the VehicleSecurity System

1. Close all windows.

The system can be activated even if thewindows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

3. Close and lock all doors and the hood.

Lock all doors by pressing:

O The lock button on the keyfob or In-telligent key, or

SIC2133 SIC2153

SECURITY SYSTEMS


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The front door handle requestswitch,

or by turning the key in the driver’sdoor to the lock position.

When using the remote keyless entry,the hazard indicators will operate asshown in “Remote keyless entrysystem” or “Intelligent Key system” inthe “3. Pre-driving checks and adjust-ments” section.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicatorlight jA comes on. The SECURITY indi-cator light jA glows for about 30 sec-onds and then blinks. The system isnow activated. If, during this 30second time period, the door is un-locked by the key or the remote key-less entry, or the ignition key is turnedto ACC or ON, the system will not acti-vate.

O Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the systemwill activate with all doors and thehood locked and ignition key off. Turnthe ignition key to ACC to turn thesystem off.

Vehicle Security System operation

The security system will give the followingalarm:

O The headlights blink and the hornsounds intermittently.

O The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam-pered with again. The alarm can beshut off by unlocking a door with thekey, or by pressing the UNLOCKbutton on the electronic ignition key.

The alarm is activated by:

O Opening the door without using thekey or remote keyless entry.

O Opening the back door without usingthe key or remote keyless entry.

O Opening the hood.

How to stop alarm

The alarm will stop only by unlocking adoor with the key, by pressing the doorhandle request switch or by pressing theUNLOCK button on the keyfob or Intelli-gent Key. The alarm will not stop if the ig-nition switch is turned to ACC or ON.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by anINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System key.

If the engine fails to start using the regis-tered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key, it may be due to interferencecaused by another INFINITI Vehicle Im-mobilizer System key, an automated tollroad device or automated payment deviceon the key ring. Restart the engine usingthe following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

tered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key.

If this procedure allows the engine tostart, INFINITI recommends placingthe registered INFINITI Vehicle Immo-bilizer System key on a separate keyring to avoid interference from otherdevices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY-BCM, ANT ASSY-IMMOBILIZER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC-TURE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCECOULD VOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TOOPERATE THE EQUIPMENT.

Security indicator light

The security indicator light jA blinkswhenever the ignition key is removed for5 seconds after the ignition switch is inthe OFF position (mechanical key) or theignition switch is in the Lock position (in-telligent key). This function indicates thesecurity systems equipped on the vehicleare operational.

If a non-registered key is in the ignitionswitch, the indicator light comes on.

If INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on

while the ignition key is in the ON posi-tion.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see an INFINITIdealer for INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem service as soon as possible.Please bring all electronic ignition keysthat you have when visiting an INFINITIdealer for service.

SIC2153


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The windshield wiper and washer oper-ates when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

j1 Intermittent — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knobtoward jA (Slower) or jB (Faster).

j2 Low — continuous low speed opera-tion

j3 High — continuous high speed opera-tion

Push the lever up j4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you j5 to operatethe washer. Then the wiper will also oper-ate several times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the windshield and ob-scure your vision which may lead to an ac-cident. Warm the windshield with the de-froster before you wash the windshield.

CAUTION

The following could damage the washersystem:

O Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

O Do not operate the washer if the reser-voir tank is empty.

The rear window wiper and washer op-erate when the ignition switch is in theON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFFposition to operate the wiper.

j1 Intermittent — intermittent operation(not adjustable)

j2 Low — continuous low speed opera-tion

Push the switch forward j3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

SIC1958 SIC1959

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow etc., the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to OFFand remove the snow etc. on andaround the wiper arms. After about 1minute, turn the switch ON again to op-erate the wiper.

O Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

O Do not operate the washer if reservoirtank is empty.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the window and obscureyour vision. Warm the rear window with thedefroster before you wash the rear window.

To defog/defrost the rear window glassand outside mirrors, start the engine andpush the switch on j1 . The indicator lightjA will come on. Push the switch again toturn the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

XENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

O When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have yourxenon headlights replaced at anINFINITI dealer.

O Xenon headlights provide considerablymore light than conventional head-lights. If they are not correctly aimed,they might temporarily blind an oncom-ing driver or the driver ahead of youand cause a serious accident. If head-lights are not aimed correctly, immedi-ately take your vehicle to an INFINITIdealer and have the headlights ad-justed correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initiallyturned on, its brightness or color variesslightly. However, the color and bright-ness will soon stabilize.

SIC2139

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRRORDEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not toturn off the headlights for short inter-vals (for example, when the vehiclestops at a traffic signal). Even when thedaytime running lights are active(Canada only), the xenon headlights donot turn on. This way the life of thexenon headlights is not reduced.

O If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact anINFINITI dealer. HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

j1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front park, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will comeon.

j2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine runningto avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

SIC2047Type A

SIC1961Type B


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

Autolight system (if so equipped)

The autolight system allows the headlightsto be set so they turn on and off automati-cally.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position.

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, , or position.

The autolight system can turn on the head-lights automatically when it is dark, turn offthe headlights when it is light, and keepthe headlights on for up to 45 secondsafter you turn the switch to OFF and openany door then close all the doors.

If the ignition switch is turned OFF and oneof the doors is opened and this condition iscontinued, the headlights remain ON forfive minutes.

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor jA located on the top left-hand side of the instrument panel. Thephoto sensor controls the autolamp; if it iscovered, the photo sensor reacts as if it isdark and the headlights will illuminate.

SIC2051 SIC2142A


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

Headlight beam select

j1 To select the low beam, put the lever inthe neutral position as shown.

j2 To select the high beam, push the leverforward. Pull it back to select the lowbeam.

j3 Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam.

Battery saver system

O When the headlight switch is in theor position while the ignition

switch is in the ON position, the lightswill automatically turn off 5 minutesafter the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position.

O When the headlight switch remains inthe or position after thelights automatically turn off, the lightswill turn on for 5 minutes when theheadlight switch is turned to the OFFposition and then turn to the or

position.

CAUTION

O Even though the battery saver feature au-tomatically turns off the headlights aftera period of time, you should turn theheadlight switch to the OFF positionwhen the engine is not running to avoiddischarging the battery.

Headlight aiming control

Depending on the number of occupants inthe vehicle and the load it is carrying, theheadlight axis may be higher than desired.If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road,the headlights may directly hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind-shield of the oncoming vehicle. The lightaxis can be lowered with the operation ofthe switch.

The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.

When traveling with no heavy load or on a

SIC2048 SIC2141


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

flat road, select position 0.

WARNING

Xenon headlights are extremely brightcompared to conventional headlights. Ifthe xenon headlights hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind-shield of the oncoming vehicle, the driverof these vehicles may have difficultydriving because of the brightness. Use theheadlight aiming control switch to lowerthe light axis. See “Xenon headlights” ear-lier in this section for additional informa-tion.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM(CANADA ONLY)

The daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in the

position.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime runninglights do not illuminate. The daytime run-

ning lights illuminate once the parkingbrake is released. The daytime runninglights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is turned off.

The daytime running light may come onafter turning the key to the OFF positionand immediately turning it to the ON posi-tion. This is not a malfunction.

The daytime running light will be turnedoff when the headlight switch is turned tothe AUTO or position.

The daytime running light will remain onuntil the ignition switch is turned to theACC or OFF position.

Turn the fog light switch to the posi-tion to turn the fog light ON when drivingat night if necessary.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are noton. It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and others.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

The instrument brightness control oper-ates when the light switch is in the

or position.

To adjust the brightness of instrumentpanel lights, press the control switcheslocated on the left side of the meterpanel. Pressing the upper switch jA willbrighten the lights. The lower switch jB

dims the lights. Repeatedly pressing thelower switch will turn the lights off.

SIC2140


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

j1 Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

j2 Lane change signal

To indicate a lane change, move the leverup or down to the point where lightsbegin flashing.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)

To turn the fog lights on, turn the head-light switch to the position, thenturn the switch to the position. Toturn them off, turn the switch to the OFFposition.

The headlights must be on and the lowbeams selected for the fog lights to oper-ate. The fog lights automatically turn offwhen the high beam headlights are se-lected.

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lightswill flash.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

WARNING

O If stopping for an emergency, be sureto move the vehicle well off the road.

SIC2049 SIC2054 SIC1616A

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unlessunusual circumstances force you todrive so slowly that your vehicle mightbecome a hazard to other traffic.

O Turn signals do not work when the haz-ard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the igni-tion switch either off or on.

To sound the horn, push around the hornmarks of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of the supple-mental front air bag system. Tamperingwith the supplemental front air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.

The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters. The switches located on the cen-ter console can be operated indepen-dently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

O For high heat, press the (High)side of the switch j1 .

O For low heat, press the (Low)side of the switch j2 .

O For no heat, the switch has a centerOFF position between low and high.

SIC2143 SIC2553

HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The indicator light jA in the switchwill illuminate when low or high is se-lected.

The heater is controlled by a thermo-stat, automatically turning the heateron and off. The indicator light will re-main on as long as the switch is on.

3. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed,or before you leave the vehicle, besure to turn the switch to the off posi-tion (center).

CAUTION

O The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

O Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using theseat.

O Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, theseat may become overheated.

O Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or simi-

lar object. This may result in damage tothe heater.

O Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.

O When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi-lar materials.

O If any abnormalities are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checkedby an INFINITI dealer.

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system will blink an indicator light on theinstrument panel and sound a chime toalert the driver if the vehicle is travelingclose to either the left or the right of thetraveling lane.

The system comes on automatically in itsautomatic mode when the ignition switchis turned on.

To cancel the LDW system, push the LDWswitch j1 to turn off the system. The LDWsystem ON indicator j2 will go off.

Push the LDW switch again or restart the

SIC2554

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SWITCH


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

engine to turn the system on. Modes canbe changed to automatic mode or manualmode by pushing and holding the LDWswitch for more than 4 seconds while theLDW system ON indicator is off. See “Lanedeparture warning system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.

For driving or starting the vehicle onsnowy roads or slippery areas, turn onthe SNOW mode switch and the SNOW in-dicator light on the meter panel will illu-minate. When the Snow mode is acti-vated, engine output is controlled toavoid wheel spin.

The vehicle should be driven with the Ve-hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) System onfor most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine RPM willbe reduced even if the accelerator is de-pressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To cancel the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch to turn off the system. The

indicator will come ON.

SSD0351 SIC1881

SNOW MODE SWITCH VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFFSWITCH


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn ON the system. See“Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section.

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIME

To adjust the time, turn the adjustingknob j1 .

CAUTION

O The outlet and plug may be hot duringor immediately after use.

O This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

O Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

O Use power outlets with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

O Avoid using power outlets when the airconditioner, climate controlled seat,headlights or rear window defroster ison.

O Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure to turn off the powerswitch of the electrical accessory beingused or the ACC power of the vehicle.

O Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug may

SIC1882A

CLOCK POWER OUTLET


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

overheat or the internal temperaturefuse may open.

O When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water to contact theoutlet.

The power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones.

SIC2144Console

SIC2145Rear

SIC2146Luggage room


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The cigarette lighter operates when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON posi-tion.

Push the lid jA to open.

Push the lighter jB in all the way. When

the lighter is heated, it will spring out.

Return the lighter to its original positionafter use.

Pull up the ashtray jC to remove it.

WARNING

The cigarette lighter should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

CAUTION

The cigarette lighter socket is a powersource for the cigarette lighter elementonly. The use of the cigarette lighter socketas a power source for any other accessoryis not recommended. Do not use any otherpower outlet for an accessory lighter.

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

The sunglasses holder can be opened bypushing the button jA .

WARNING

O The sunglasses holder should not beused while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

O Keep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to prevent an accident.

SIC2147

SIC1844A

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAY STORAGE


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Do not use for anything other than sun-glasses.

O Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage thesunglasses.

CUP HOLDERS

WARNING

The cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

CAUTION

O Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger.

O Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in an acci-dent.

Front cup holder

To open, push jA the cup holder openerswitch.

To close, lower the cup holder lid andpush down lightly.

Use the cup holder properly and ac-cording to the size of the cups.

To clean the front cup holder, pull up theinside tray jB and remove it.

SIC2148A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Rear cup holder

Push the cup holder opener switch todraw out the rear cup holder.

GLOVE BOX

To open the glove box, pull the handlej1 .

To close, push the lid in until the locklatches.

To lock j2 or unlock j3 the glove box,use the master key, mechanical key orwallet key.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving to

help prevent injury in an accident or a sud-den stop.

SIC2149 SIC1888A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CONSOLE BOX

WARNING

The center console box should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

To open the console box, pull up jA .

To use the trays, push jB and open thecovers.

Pull jC forward, then the lid covers slideto be used as armrests.

SIC2150


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CARD HOLDER (for driver’s side)

To use the card holder, slide your card jA

in after lowering the sun visor jB .

CARGO NET (if so equipped)

The cargo net helps keep packages in thecargo area from moving around while yourvehicle is driven.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooksto the retainers.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seatbacks.

In a sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personal in-jury.

O Be sure to secure all four hooks intothe retainers. The cargo restrained inthe net must not exceed 30 lb (13.6 kg)or the net may not stay secured.

SIC2154 SIC2151


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

TONNEAU COVER (if so equipped)

The tonneau cover j1 keeps the luggagecompartment contents hidden from theoutside.

To open the tonneau cover, pull it out andhang both sides on the hooks j2 . Toclose the tonneau cover, remove it fromthe hooks and then release it as illus-trated.

To remove the tonneau cover, pat gentlythe bottom of the tonneau cover frame j3upward and remove it from the holder j4after closing the tonneau cover and

folding the rear seatbacks forward.

WARNING

O Never put anything on the tonneaucover, no matter how small. Any objecton it could cause an injury in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

O Do not leave the tonneau cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

O Never remove the tonneau cover withthe rear seatbacks reclined. The ton-neau cover may jump up suddenly andcould cause an injury in the removalprocedure.


POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

O Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before closingthe windows. Use the window lockswitch to prevent unexpected use ofthe power windows.

O Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls and becometrapped in a window. Unattended chil-dren could become involved in seriousaccidents.

The power windows operate when the ig-nition switch is in the ON position and forabout 45 seconds, after the ignitionswitch is turned to the OFF position. If thedriver’s door or the front passenger’s dooris opened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the windows is can-celed.

SIC2626

WINDOWS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Main power window switch(driver’s side)

jA Driver side windowjB Front passenger side windowjC Rear left passenger side windowjD Rear right passenger side windowjE Window lock buttonjF Power door lock switch

To open or close the window, push downj1 or pull up j2 the switch and hold it.The main switch (driver side switches) willopen or close all the windows.

Locking passenger’s windows

When the lock button jE is pushed in,only the driver side window can beopened or closed. Push it in again to can-cel.

Passenger side power windowswitch

The passenger side switch will open orclose only the corresponding window. Toopen or close the window, hold the switchdown jA or up jB .

SIC2180AMain switch

SIC2152APassenger side


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Automatic operation (For all doorwindows)

To fully open or close the window, com-pletely press or lift the switch and releaseit; it need not be held. The window willautomatically open or close all the way.To stop the window, just press or lift theswitch on the opposite side.

Auto reverse function

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in a window as it moves up, thewindow will be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be acti-vated when a window is closed by auto-matic operation when the ignition switchis in the ON position or for about 45 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turned tothe OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similarto something being caught in the windowoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position which can-not be detected. Make sure that all passen-gers have their hands, etc., inside the ve-hicle before closing the window.

AUTOMATIC SUNROOF

The sunroof will only operate when the ig-nition switch is in the ON position.

The automatic sunroof is operational forabout 45 seconds, even if the ignitionswitch is turned to the OFF position. If thedriver’s door or the front passenger’s dooris opened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the sunroof is can-celed.

Sliding the sunroof

To fully open or close the sunroof, pressthe switch to the CLOSE j1 or OPEN j2

SIC2181AMain switch

SIC1854A

SUNROOF (if so equipped)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

side for less than 1 second and release it;it need not be held. The roof will auto-matically open or close all the way. Tostop the roof, press the switch once morewhile it is opening or closing.

To open or close the sunroof and stop onthe way, press the switch to the CLOSE orOPEN side. The roof will stop when re-leasing the switch.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt up, first close the sunroof, thenpress the UP side of the switch and re-lease it; it need not be held. To tilt downthe sunroof, press the DOWN side.

Sun shade

Open or close the sun shade by sliding itbackward or forward.

The shade will open automatically whenthe sunroof is opened. However, it mustbe closed manually.

Auto reverse function (Whenclosing or tilting down thesunroof)

The auto reverse function can be acti-vated when the sunroof is closed or tilteddown by automatic operation when the ig-

nition key is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similarto something being caught in the sunroofoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position which can-not be detected. Make sure that all passen-gers have their hands, etc., inside the ve-hicle before closing the sunroof.

When closing:

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the sunroof as it moves to thefront, the sunroof will immediately openbackward.

When tilting down:

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the sunroof as it tilts down, thesunroof will immediately tilt up.

WARNING

O In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an open sun-roof. Always use seat belts and childrestraints.

O Do not allow anyone to stand up or ex-tend any portion of their body out ofthe sunroof opening while the vehicleis in motion or while the sunroof isclosing.

CAUTION

O Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the sunroof before opening.

O Do not place any heavy object on thesunroof or surrounding area.

If the sunroof does not close

If the sunroof does not close or open au-tomatically, use the following procedureto return sunroof operation to normal.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Press the switch to the CLOSE/UP sideto tilt up the sunroof.

2. Press and hold the switch to theCLOSE/UP side for approximately 3seconds while the sunroof is tilted up.

3. Release the switch once, then pressand hold the switch to the CLOSE/UPside again for approximately 10 sec-onds until the sunroof moves auto-matically.

4. The sunroof will automatically openand then close all the way.

If you failed at procedure 3. repeat all theprocedures from No. 1.

If the sunroof still does not close, havean INFINITI dealer check and repair thesunroof.

ROOM LIGHT

The room light has a two-position switch;DOOR j1 and OFF j2 .

When the switch is in the door positionj1 , the light will illuminate when a dooris opened.

The light will stay on for about 30 sec-onds when:

O The doors are unlocked by the keyfob,a key, the power door lock switch orusing the Intelligent Key system whileall doors are closed.

O The driver’s door is opened and thenclosed while the key is removed fromthe ignition switch.

O The key is removed from the ignitionswitch while all doors are closed.

The light will turn off while the 30 secondtimer is activated, when:

O The driver’s door is locked either withthe keyfob, a key, the power door lockswitch or using the Intelligent Keysystem.

O The ignition switch is turned ON.

MAP LIGHT

When the switch j3 is pushed in, thelight will turn on. When the switch j3 ispushed again, the light will turn off.

When the map light switch is in the ONposition, it will automatically turn off 30minutes after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the OFF position. To turnon the light again, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

The map, personal, and vanity mirrorlights will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the latest operation of the fol-lowing with the ignition switch in the ACCor OFF position:

SIC1857A

INTERIOR LIGHT


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Opening or closing any door

O Locking or unlocking with the keyfob,a key or the power door lock switch.

O Inserting or removing a key from theignition switch

These lights will turn on again when anyof the above operations is performed afterthe lights have turned off automatically.(The lights will turn off 30 minutes afterthe latest operation of the above as well.)

CAUTION

O Turn off the map, personal and vanitymirror lights when you leave the ve-hicle.

O Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.

CEILING LIGHT (if so equipped)

The ceiling light has a three-positionswitch.

When the switch is in the door positionjB , the light will illuminate when the dooris opened. Same as the door position ofthe interior light.

When the personal light switch is in theON position jA , it will automatically turnoff 30 minutes after the ignition switchhas been turned to the OFF position jC .To turn on the light again, turn the igni-tion switch to the ON position.

REAR PERSONAL LIGHT

The rear personal light has a three-position switch.

When the switch is in the door positionjB , the light will illuminate when the dooris opened.

When the personal light switch is in theON position jA , it will automatically turnoff 30 minutes after the ignition switchhas been turned to the OFF position jC .To turn on the light again, turn the igni-tion switch to the ON position.

SIC2179 SIC1858A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror jA isopened.

When the vanity mirror light stays on, itwill automatically turn off 30 minutesafter the ignition switch has been turnedto the OFF position. To turn on the lightagain, turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiverpower will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the off position.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver:

O Will operate most Radio Frequency(RF) devices such as garage doors,gates, home and office lighting, entrydoor locks and security systems.

O Is powered by your vehicle’s battery.No separate batteries are required. Ifthe vehicle’s battery is discharged oris disconnected, HomeLink will retainall programming.

Once the HomeLink Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming proce-dures (i.e., new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes.For additional information, refer to “Pro-gramming HomeLink ” later in this sec-tion.

WARNING

O Do not use the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and re-verse features as required by federalsafety standards. (These standards be-came effective for opener models manu-factured after April 1, 1982). A garagedoor opener which cannot detect an ob-ject in the path of a closing garagedoor and then automatically stop andreverse, does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injury ordeath.

O During the programming procedure,your garage door or security gate willopen or close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that peopleand objects are clear of the garagedoor, gate, etc. that you areprogramming.

SIC2555

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (ifso equipped)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink

To program your HomeLink UniversalTransceiver to operate a garage door,gate, or entry door opener, home or officelighting, you need to be at the same loca-tion as the device. Note: Garage dooropeners (manufactured after 1996) have“rolling code protection”. To program agarage door opener equipped with “roll-ing code protection”; you will need to usea ladder to get up to the garage dooropener motor to be able to access the“smart or learn” program button.

1. To begin, press and hold the 2 outerHomeLink buttons (to clear thememory) until the indicator light jA

blinks (after 20 seconds). Releaseboth buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 inches away from theHomeLink surface.

3. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold both the HomeLinkbutton you want to program and thehand-held transmitter button.DO NOT release the buttons until step4 has been completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indi-cator light on the HomeLink flashes,changing from a “slow blink” to a“rapid blink”. When the indicator lightflashes rapidly, both buttons may bereleased. The rapidly flashing light in-dicates successful programming. Toactivate the garage door or other pro-grammed device, press and hold the

SIC2071B SIC2072


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

programmed HomeLink button - re-leasing when the device begins to ac-tivate.

5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkblinks rapidly for two seconds and thenturns solid, HomeLink has picked up a“rolling code” garage door opener sig-nal. You will need to proceed with thenext steps to train the HomeLink tocomplete the programming which mayrequire a ladder and another person forconvenience.

6. Press and release the training buttonlocated on the garage door opener’smotor to activate the “training mode”.This button is usually located near theantenna wire that hangs down fromthe motor. If the wire originates fromunder a light lens, you will need to re-move the lens to access the trainingbutton.

NOTE:

Once you have pressed and released thetraining button on the garage door open-er’s motor and the “training light” is lit,you have 30 seconds in which to performstep 7. Use the help of a second personfor convenience to assist when per-forming this step.

7. Quickly within 30 seconds of pressingand releasing the garage door openerprogram button, firmly press and re-lease the HomeLink button you’vejust programmed. Press and releasethe HomeLink button up to threetimes to complete the training.

8. Your HomeLink button should now beprogrammed. (To program the remain-ing HomeLink buttons for additionaldoor or gate openers, follow steps 2-8only.)

NOTE:

Do not repeat step one unless you wantto “clear” all previously programmedHomeLink buttons).

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLinkbuttons, please refer to the HomeLinkweb site at: www.homelink.com or call1-800-662-6200.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmit-ting after 2 seconds. To program yourhand-held transmitter to HomeLink , con-

tinue to press and hold the HomeLinkbutton (note steps 2 through 4 under“Programming HomeLink ”) while youpress and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter every 2 seconds until theindicator light flashes rapidly (indicatingsuccessful programming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener,etc., it is advised to unplug the deviceduring the “cycling” process to preventpossible damage to the garage dooropener components.

OPERATING THE HomeLinkUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver(once programmed) may now be used toactivate the garage door, etc. To operate,simply press the appropriate programmedHomeLink Universal Transceiver button.The red indicator light will illuminatewhile the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLink does not quickly learnthe hand-held transmitter information:

O replace the hand-held transmitter bat-


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

teries with new batteries.

O position the hand-held transmitterwith its battery area facing away fromthe HomeLink surface.

O press and hold both the HomeLinkand hand-held transmitter buttonswithout interruption.

O position the hand-held transmitter 2to 5 inches (50 to 127 mm) away fromthe HomeLink surface. Hold thetransmitter in that position for up to15 seconds. If HomeLink is not pro-grammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position -keeping the indicator light in view atall times.

If you continue to have programming dif-ficulties, please contact the INFINITI Con-sumer Affairs Department. The phonenumbers are located in the Foreword ofthis Owner’s Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared,however to clear all programming, pressand hold the two outside buttons and re-lease when the indicator light begins to

flash (approximately 20 seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink UniversalTransceiver button, complete the fol-lowing.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. Do not release the button untilstep 4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins toflash slowly (after 20 seconds), posi-tion the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLink surface.

3. Press and hold the hand-held trans-mitter button.

4. The HomeLink indicator light willflash, first slowly and then rapidly.When the indicator light begins toflash rapidly, release both buttons.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. Thenew device can be activated by pushingthe HomeLink button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affectany other programmed HomeLink but-tons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you shouldchange the codes of any non-rolling codedevice that has been programmed intoHomeLink . Consult the Owner’s Manualof each device or call the manufacturer ordealer of those devices for additional in-formation.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink Uni-versal Transceiver with your new trans-mitter information.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested and com-plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s au-thority to operate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys (except Intelligent Key) ............................. 3-2INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System (IVIS)keys............................................................ 3-2

Doors ............................................................... 3-3Locking with key (Driver’s door only) ............ 3-3Opening and closing windows with the key... 3-4Locking with inside lock knob ...................... 3-4Locking with power door lock switch ............ 3-4Child safety rear door lock ........................... 3-5

Remote keyless entry system (models withoutIntelligent Key system) ..................................... 3-5

How to use remote keyless entry system ...... 3-6Intelligent key system (if so equipped) .............. 3-9

Door locks/unlocks precaution .................. 3-11Intelligent key operation ........................... 3-11Opening and closing windows.................... 3-13Operating the engine ................................. 3-13Intelligent key operating range ................. 3-15Warning signals......................................... 3-17Trouble-shooting guide.............................. 3-19Operation with intelligent remote keyless entrysystem ...................................................... 3-20

Operation with the mechanical key and valetkey............................................................ 3-23

Hood .............................................................. 3-24Back door ....................................................... 3-24

Auto closure ............................................. 3-25Fuel-filler lid ................................................... 3-26

Open the filler lid....................................... 3-26Fuel-filler cap ............................................ 3-27

Tilting telescopic steering column ................... 3-28Automatic operation .................................. 3-29Manual operation ...................................... 3-29

Sun visors ...................................................... 3-30Mirrors ........................................................... 3-31

Inside mirror ............................................. 3-31Automatic anti-glare inside mirror .............. 3-31Outside mirrors ......................................... 3-32

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped)...... 3-33Memory storage function ........................... 3-33Entry/exit function .................................... 3-34

Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Master key 1 (With built-in tran-sponder chip; INFINITI mark-Silver)

2. Master key 2 (With built-in tran-sponder chip; INFINITI mark-Silver)

3. Valet key (With built-in transponderchip; INFINITI mark-Black)

4. Key number plate

5. Wallet key

6. key case (Card type)

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep itin a safe place (such as your wallet), notin the vehicle. If you lose your keys, seean INFINITI dealer for duplicates by usingthe key number.

A key number is necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to dupli-cate from. If you still have a key, anINFINITI dealer can duplicate it.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM (IVIS) KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster or valet keys which are registeredto the INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components in your vehicle.These keys have a transponder chip inthe key head.

The master key can be used for all thelocks.

The valet key cannot be used for glovebox lock.

To protect belongings when you leave akey with someone, give them the valetkey only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY— Master and Valet keys:If you still have a key, the key number isnot necessary when you need extraINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys. An INFINITI dealer can duplicate it.As many as 5 IVIS keys can be used withone vehicle. You should bring all IVISkeys that you have to an INFINITI dealerfor registration. This is because the regis-tration process will erase the memory ofall key codes previously registered intothe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.After the registration process, these com-ponents will only recognize keys codedinto the INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (IVIS) during registration. Any keythat is not given to your dealer at the timeof registration will no longer be able tostart your vehicle.

Do not allow the immobilizer system key,which contains an electrical transponder,to come into contact with salt water. This

SPA1882

KEYS (except Intelligent Key)

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

could affect system function.WARNING

O Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

O Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

O Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-ous accidents.

If your vehicle is equipped with a Intelli-gent Key system, please refer to “Intelli-gent Key system” later in this section.

LOCKING WITH KEY (Driver’s dooronly)

The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneously.

O Turning the driver’s door key lock withthe metal key (master key, mechanicalkey, valet key and wallet key) towardthe front of the vehicle j1 will lock alldoors.

O Turning the driver’s door key one timeto the rear of the vehicle j2 will un-lock the corresponding door. Fromthat position, returning the key to neu-

SPA1442A

DOORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

tral (where the key can only be removedand inserted) and turning it to the rearagain within 5 seconds will unlock alldoors. (including the back door) andfuel filler lid.

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH THE KEY

The driver’s door key operation allows youto open and close the front windows simul-taneously.

O To open the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key to the rear of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second after the door isunlocked.

O To close the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key to the front of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second after the door islocked.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

To individually lock the doors, move the in-side lock knob to the LOCK position j1 ,then close the door. To unlock, pull up theinside lock knob to the UNLOCK positionj2 .

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the ve-hicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch lo-cated on the driver’s or front passenger’sarmrest will lock or unlock all doors includ-ing the back door.

To lock the doors, push the power doorlock switch to the lock position j1 with thedriver’s or front passenger’s door open,then close the door.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA1422A SPA1505D


Z 04.9.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

To unlock, push the power door lockswitch to the unlock position j2 .

Lockout protection

When the power door lock switch (driveror front passenger) is moved to the lockposition with the key in the ignition andany door open, all doors will lock and un-lock automatically. This helps to preventthe keys from being accidentally lockedinside the vehicle.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

Child safety locking helps prevent doorsfrom being opened accidentally, espe-cially when small children are in the ve-hicle.

When the lever is in the LOCK positionj1 , the rear door can be opened onlyfrom the outside.

To disengage, move the lever to the FREEposition j2 .

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (in-cluding the back door) and fuel filler lidand activate the panic alarm by using thekeyfob from outside the vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The keyfob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the ve-hicle. (The effective distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 keyfobs can be used withone vehicle. For information concerningthe purchase and use of additionalkeyfob, contact an INFINITI dealer.

The keyfob will not function when:

O the battery is completely discharged,

O the distance between the vehicle andthe keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate whenthe key is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occurrenceswill damage the keyfob.

SPA1618A

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(models without Intelligent Key system)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not allow the keyfob to become wet.

O Do not drop the keyfob.

O Do not strike the keyfob sharplyagainst another object.

O Do not place the keyfob for an ex-tended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, INFINITI rec-ommends erasing the ID code of thatkeyfob. This will prevent the keyfob fromunauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the erasing proce-dure, please contact an INFINITI dealer. HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM

Setting hazard indicator and hornmode

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive the ve-hicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button j1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the hornchirps once. When the UNLOCK button j2is pushed, the hazard indicator flashesonce.

SPA1397B


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

If hazard indicator and horn mode is notnecessary, you can switch to hazard indi-cator only mode by following theswitching procedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when theLOCK button j1 is pushed, the hazard in-dicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton j2 is pushed, neither the hazardindicator nor the horn operates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK j1 and UNLOCK j2 but-tons on the keyfob simultaneously for

more than 2 seconds to switch from onemode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator only mode, the hazard indicatorflashes 3 times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator and horn mode, the hazard indi-cator flashes once and the horn chirpsonce.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Display

screen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

Locking doors and fuel filler lid

1. Remove the ignition key.*1,*2

2. Close all the doors.*3

3. Push the LOCK button j1 on thekeyfob.

4. All the doors and fuel filler lid willlock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton j1 on the keyfob is pushed eventhough a door remains open and/or theignition key is in the ON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button j1 is pushedwith all doors locked, the hazard indi-cator flashes twice and the hornchirps once as a reminder that thedoors are already locked.

*1: Doors lock with the keyfob while akey is in the ignition switch. However,the panic alarm will not activate whenthe key is in the ignition switch.

*2: Doors lock with the keyfob while the

SPA1260


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ignition switch is in the ON position.However, the hazard indicator andhorn will not function.

*3: Doors lock with the keyfob while anydoor is open. However, the hazard in-dicator and horn will not function.

Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid

1. Push the UNLOCK button j2 on thekeyfob once.

O The driver’s door and fuel filler lid un-lock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with theignition key in any position except theON position.

O The interior light turns on and thelight timer activates for 30 secondswhen the switch is in the DOOR posi-tion with the ignition key in any posi-tion except the ON position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button j2 on thekeyfob again within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically un-

less one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute of pressing theUNLOCK button j2 .

O any door is opened

O the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition

The interior light can be turned offwithout waiting for 30 seconds by turningthe ignition switch to the ON position orby locking the doors with the keyfob.

Opening the windows

Push the UNLOCK button j2 on thekeyfob.

The driver’s door will unlock.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button j2for 3 seconds. The door windows will belowered.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button j2until windows are fully open.

To stop lowering the windows, release theUNLOCK button j2 .

To start lowering the windows, press theUNLOCK button j2 again for more than 3seconds.

The rear door windows will operate 0.5

seconds after the front windows’ opera-tion. (if so equipped)

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button j3 on the key-fob for longer than 0.5 seconds withthe key removed from the ignition keycylinder.

2. The theft warning alarm and head-lights will stay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 30 seconds, or

O The LOCK j1 or the UNLOCK j2 buttonis pressed, or

O The PANIC button j3 is pushed on thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 seconds.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The Intelligent Key uses coded radio sig-nals to communicate with the vehicle.When the Intelligent Key is near the ve-hicle, such as in your pocket or purse, itallows the vehicle to be locked, unlocked,or started without inserting the ignitionkey. It is also possible to use the remotecontrol entry function.

CAUTION

O Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you.

O Do not leave the vehicle with the Intel-ligent Key inside.

O The Intelligent Key may not functioncorrectly depending on the environ-ment or operating conditions. It couldalso malfunction if you do not use itcorrectly.

O The Intelligent Key transmits faint ra-dio waves.

In the following situations, the Intel-ligent Key and remote control entryfunctions may not operate correctly,and you may have to use the metal

key (mechanical key, valet key or wal-let key):

• when there are strong signalscoming from a television tower,power station or broadcasting sta-tion.

• when you have wireless equipmentor a cellular phone with you.

• when the Intelligent Key is in con-tact with or covered by a metallicmaterial.

• when radio wave-type remote con-trol entry is used nearby.

• when the Intelligent Key is placednear an electric appliance such as apersonal computer.

O The Intelligent Key continually con-sumes battery power as the key re-ceives a signal to communicate withthe vehicle. Battery life is about 2years, although it varies dependingon the operating conditions. When thebattery of the Intelligent Key is low,the green blinking key warning lightgoes out about 30 seconds after theignition knob is turned to ON. If thebattery runs down, replace it with anew one.

O If the Intelligent Key receives strongsignal over an extended period oftime, the battery could quickly rundown. Do not place the IntelligentKey near an electric appliance such asa television set or personal computer.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if soequipped)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Intelligent Key 2 sets2. Mechanical key (metal key)* 2 sets3. Valet key (metal key)* 1 set4. Wallet key and key case (card type)

(metal key) 1 set5. Key number plate 1 set

*: Refer to “INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (IVIS) keys” earlier in this section.

WARNING

O The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves that can adversely affect medicalelectric equipment.

O If you have a pacemaker, you shouldcontact the medical equipment manufac-turer to ask if it will be affected by the In-telligent Key signal.

The valet key cannot be used for the glovebox lock.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the valet keyonly.

Record the key number on the key numberplate/metal tag and keep it in a safe place(such as your wallet), NOT IN THE VEHICLE.A key number plate is supplied with yourkey. Keep the plate in a safe place. IN-FINITI does not record key numbers so it isvery important to keep track of your keynumber plate.

As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be used

with one vehicle. For information con-cerning the purchase and use of additionalIntelligent Keys contact an INFINITIdealer.

It is possible that the Intelligent Key func-tions can become cancelled. Contact an IN-FINITI dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with youwhen driving. The Intelligent Key is a preci-sion device with a built-in transmitter. Toavoid damaging it, please note the following.

O The Intelligent Key is water resistant,wetting may damage the Intelligent Key.If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completely dry.

O Do not bend, drop or strike it against an-other object.

O Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in a place where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

O Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

O Do not use a magnet key holder.

SPA1873


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not place the Intelligent Key nearan electric appliance such as a televi-sion set or personal computer.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key. This will preventthe Intelligent Key from unauthorized useto unlock the vehicle. For information re-garding the erasing procedure, please con-tact an INFINITI dealer.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

O After locking with the door handle re-quest switch, make sure the doors aresecurely locked.

O To prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left inside the vehicle, makesure you carry the key with you andthen lock the doors.

O You can lock or unlock the doors usingonly the door handle, which detectsthe Intelligent Key.

O It is not possible to lock the doorswith the lock knob when the driver’sdoor is open, the ignition knob is

pushed in or the metal key is in the ig-nition knob.

O When you try to unlock the door whilepulling the door handle, the door maynot unlock. In this case, release thedoor handle and the door will unlock.Pull the door handle again and thedoor will open.

O The outside beep, which indicates thelock and unlock functions, can be can-celed with the LOCK/UNLOCK buttonon the Intelligent Key and the vehicleelectronic system on the monitor. See“4. Display screen, heater, air condi-tioner and audio systems”.

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket orpurse.

SPA1874


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

When you carry the Intelligent Key withyou, you can lock or unlock all doors bypushing the door handle request switchjA or back door handle request switch jB

within the range of operation.

Locking doors

1. Turn the ignition knob to the LOCK po-sition and remove the ignition key ifany metal key is in the ignitionknob.*1, *2


3. Push any front door or the back doorhandle request switch while carrying

the Intelligent Key with you.*4

4. All the doors, back door and fuel fillerlid will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice anddoor buzzer sounds twice.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

*1: Doors lock with the Intelligent Keywhile a mechanical key or valet key isin the ignition switch.

*2: Doors lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition knob is not in theLOCK position.

*3: Doors do not lock by pushing thedoor handle request switch or theLOCK button on the Intelligent Keywhile any door is open. A beepsounds to warn you. However, doorslock with the metal key even if anydoor is open.

*4: Doors do not lock with door handlerequest switch with the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle and a beepsounds to warn you.However, when an Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle, doors can be

locked with another Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors

1. Push the door handle request switchonce.

Driver’s side:

O The driver door and fuel filler lid un-lock.

Front passenger side or back door:

O Only corresponding door unlocks.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once anddoor buzzer sounds once if all doorsare completely closed with the ignitionkey in any position except the ON po-sition.

3. Push the door handle request switchagain within 5 seconds.

O All doors and the fuel filler lid unlock.

O The hazard indicator flashes once anddoor buzzer sounds once if all doorsare completely closed.

All doors will be locked automaticallyafter pressing the unlocking button un-less one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute.

O any door is opened

SPA1627


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O the ignition knob is pushed

O the mechanical key or the valet key isinserted into the ignition knob

The interior light, ceiling light (if soequipped) and step light can be turned offwithout waiting for 30 seconds by turningthe ignition switch to the ON position orby locking the doors.

OPENING AND CLOSINGWINDOWS

O To open the windows, push the UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key forabout 3 seconds or turn the driver’sdoor key lock with the metal key tothe rear of the vehicle for about 2 sec-onds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton or turn the key to the neutralposition.

O To close the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key lock to the front of the ve-hicle for about 2 seconds after thedoor is locked.

To stop closing, turn the key to theneutral position.

The door windows will open or close

while turning the metal key. See “Doors”earlier in this section.

OPERATING THE ENGINE

Ignition knob positions

Push in the ignition knob in the jB rangewhen you turn it.

LOCK (Normal parking position) jA :

The ignition knob can only be locked inthe jA position.

The ignition knob will be unlocked whenit is pushed in, and turned to the ACC po-sition jD while carrying the IntelligentKey.

SPA1628


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ACC (Accessories) jD :

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio, when the engine isnot running.

ON (Normal operating position) jE :

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

START jF :

This position starts the engine. As soonas the engine has started, release theknob immediately. It will automatically re-turn to the ON position.

For important safety information, see “Ig-nition knob” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

The ignition knob cannot be turned backto the LOCK position unless the shift leveris in P position. (It can be turned to onlyjC .)

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionknob in ACC or ON positions when the en-gine is not running for an extended period.

This can discharge the battery.

Starting the engine

When driving the vehicle, be sure to carrythe Intelligent Key with you.

1. Securely depress the brake pedal.

2. Slowly push the ignition knob in.When the Intelligent Key warning lightja in the instrument panel comes onin green, the ignition knob can beturned.

3. Turn the ignition knob to START andthe engine will be started.

SPA1629


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

4. When the engine starts, release the ig-nition knob.

WARNING

Do not start the engine from outside thevehicle through the window. Doing socould lead to an accident and injury. Besure to sit in the driver’s seat to use thekey.

For important safety information, see“Starting the engine” in the “Starting anddriving” section.

O When the ignition knob is pushedunder the following conditions, thekey warning light in the instrumentpanel comes on in red. It is not pos-sible to turn the ignition knob when:

• you do not have the Intelligent Keywith you

• the Intelligent Key battery has rundown

• you have a Intelligent Key for an-other vehicle with you

O Slowly turn the ignition knob after thekey warning light comes on in green.

If it is turned quickly, it may stick andbe difficult to turn.

O The engine may not start if the Intelli-gent Key is placed:

• inside the glove box or the doorpocket

• on the instrument panel

• in the corner of interior compart-ment.

O If it is difficult to turn the ignitionknob, perform the following:

• Push the ignition knob again andslowly turn it.

• Turn the ignition knob while gentlyturning the steering wheel to the leftor right.

Stopping the engine

1. Shift the selector lever to the P posi-tion.

2. Turn the ignition knob to ACC.

WARNING

When you leave the vehicle, be sure to ob-serve the following:

O Shift the selector lever to P. (In otherpositions, the ignition knob will not re-turn to LOCK.)

O Securely return the ignition knob toLOCK.

O Set the parking brake. Failure to do socould result in unexpected vehiclemovement and could lead to severe in-jury.

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can be usedonly when you carry the key with you andoperate as specified in the operatingrange inside or outside the vehicle.

When the Intelligent Key battery runsdown or where there are strong radiowaves or noise, the operating range maybe narrower or the key may be inopera-tive.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operating range of the door lock/unlock function

The outside sensors are in the outsidemirrors, rear door corner pieces and theback door.

The operating range of the doorlock/unlock function is shown in the illus-tration.

j1 59.1 in (1.5 m) from the outside mir-rors

j2 59.1 in (1.5 m) from the rear door cor-ner pieces

j3 31.5 in (80 cm) from the back doorhandle

O If you are too close to the door glass,the Intelligent Key may not operate.

O If the Intelligent Key is in the oper-ating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Keyto lock/unlock the doors by pushingthe door handle request switch.

Operating range for engine startfunction

The operating range for starting the en-gine is inside the vehicle.

O If the Intelligent Key is on the instru-ment panel, inside the glove box ordoor pocket, or the corner of interiorcompartment, it may not be possibleto start the engine.

O If the Intelligent Key is near the dooror door glass outside the vehicle, itmay be possible to start the engine.

SPA1917

SPA1652


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING SIGNALS

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key or to help prevent thevehicle from being stolen, chime or beepsounds inside and outside the vehicleand a warning light comes on in the in-strument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or thewarning light comes on, be sure to checkthe vehicle and Intelligent Key.

Alarm and warning when lockingthe doors

When the front door warning chime orbeep sounds, check for the following:

O The ignition knob is turned to LOCK.

O The Intelligent Key is not left insidethe vehicle.

O Doors are closed securely.

O The selector lever is in the P position.

The door beep sounds for about 2 sec-onds.

Alarm and warning when theengine stops

When the P position selecting warninglight jb in the instrument panel blinks inred:

O Make sure the selector lever is in theP position.

When the chime sounds intermittently:

O Make sure the selector lever is in theP position and the ignition knob isturned to LOCK.

If the chime sounds continuously when

the driver’s door is opened, check the fol-lowing:

O The selector lever is in the P positionand the ignition knob is turned toLOCK.

O The mechanical key or the valet key isnot inserted into the ignition knob.

O The inside warning chime may stopwhen one of the following is per-formed.

• Returning the ignition knob to LOCK.

• Removing the mechanical key or thevalet key.

• Closing the doors.

Alarm and warning when theengine starts

When the key warning light ja is blinkingin red and the outside buzzer sounds,make sure the Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle.

The buzzer sounds for about 3 seconds.

Warning for low battery power

O This warning is to let you know thatthe battery of the Intelligent Key will

SPA1630


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

run down soon. Replace it with a newone.

• The green blinking key warning lightja goes out about 30 seconds afterthe ignition knob is turned to ON.

O We recommend replacing the batteryat an INFINITI dealer.

Preventing the Intelligent Keyfrom being left in the vehicle

If you lock all doors using the power doorlock switch with the Intelligent Key in thevehicle, all of the doors unlock immedi-ately and the beep sounds to warn youwhen the door is closed.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When pushing the door handle requestswitch

The front door beep sounds for ap-proximately 2 seconds

The doors cannot be locked.

Take out the Intelligent Key from thevehicle and push the door handle re-quest switch.Turn the ignition knob to LOCK andpush the door handle request switchcarrying the Intelligent Key with you.Close all doors securely and push thedoor handle request switch carryingthe Intelligent Key with you.

When closing the doors

The front door beep sounds for ap-proximately 10 seconds

The ignition knob is not turned to LOCKposition.

Turn the ignition knob to LOCK.

The key warning light in the instrumentpanel blinks in red and the front doorwarning beep sounds for approximately3 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the ve-hicle.

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you.

The front door beep sounds for ap-proximately 3 seconds and all doorsunlock.

The Intelligent Key is left in the ve-hicle.

Take out the Intelligent Key from thevehicle and close the door.

When opening the driver’s door A warning chime sounds continuouslyThe ignition knob is not in LOCK posi-tion, or the mechanical key or valet keyis inserted into the ignition knob.

Turn the ignition knob to LOCK.Remove the mechanical key or valetkey form the ignition knob.

When stopping the engineThe P position warning light in the in-strument panel blinks in red.

The selector lever is not in the P posi-tion.

Make sure that the selector lever is inthe P position.

When turning the ignition knob The warning chime soundsThe ignition knob is not turned toLOCK.

Turn the ignition knob to LOCK.

When starting the engineThe key warning light in the instrumentpanel blinks in green.

The battery charge is low.Replace the battery to new one. See“BATTERY REPLACEMENT” on page3-20.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Trouble-shooting examples

When it is difficult to turn the ignitionknob

O Push the ignition knob again and turnit slowly.

O While gently turning the steeringwheel to the left or right, turn the igni-tion knob.

OPERATION WITH INTELLIGENTREMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors,fuel filler lid, activate the panic alarm andopen the windows by pushing the buttonson the Intelligent Key from outside thevehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key can operate at a distance of ap-proximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be usedwith one vehicle. For information concern-ing the purchase and use of additional In-telligent Key, contact an INFINITI dealer.

The lock and unlock buttons on the Intel-ligent Key will not operate when:

O the Intelligent Key is too far awayfrom the vehicle

O the Intelligent Key battery runs down

After locking with the remote control entryfunction, pull the door handle to makesure the doors are securely locked.

The operating range varies depending onthe environment. To securely operate thelock and unlock buttons, approach the ve-hicle to about 4.9 ft (1.5 m) from thedoor.

The panic alarm will not activate whenthe mechanical key or the valet key is inthe ignition knob.

How to use remote keyless entrysystem

Setting hazard indicator and horn mode:

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive the ve-hicle.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button jA is pushed, the hazard

SPA1877


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

indicator flashes twice and the hornchirps once. When the UNLOCK button jB

is pushed, the hazard indicator flashesonce.

If hazard indicator and horn mode is notnecessary, you can switch to hazard indica-tor only mode by following the switchingprocedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when theLOCK button jA is pushed, the hazard in-dicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton jB is pushed, neither the hazardindicator nor the horn operates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK jA and UNLOCK jB but-tons on the Intelligent key simultaneouslyfor more than 2 seconds to switch fromone mode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator only mode, the hazard indicatorflashes 3 times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator and horn mode, the hazard indi-cator flashes once and the horn chirpsonce.

Locking doors and fuel filler lid:

1. Remove the mechanical key or the va-let key if any key is in the ignitionknob.*1


3. Push the LOCK button jA on the Intel-ligent Key.

4. All the doors (including back door)and fuel filler lid will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton jA on the Intelligent Key ispushed even though the ignition knob isin the ON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button jA is pushedwith all doors locked, the hazard indi-cator flashes twice and the hornchirps once as a reminder that thedoors are already locked.

*1: Doors lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the mechanical key or the valetkey is in the ignition knob or the igni-tion knob is pushed in.

*2: Doors do not lock with the IntelligentKey while any door is open.

SPA1260


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid:

1. Push the UNLOCK button jB on the In-telligent Key once.

O The driver’s door and fuel filler lid un-lock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with theignition knob in any position exceptthe ON position.

O The interior light turns on and thelight timer activates for 30 secondswhen the switch is in the DOOR posi-tion with the ignition knob in any posi-tion except the ON position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button jB on the In-telligent Key again within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock.

O Back door unlocks.

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute of pressing theUNLOCK button jB .

O any door is open

O the ignition knob is pushed

O the mechanical key or the valet key isinserted into the ignition knob

The interior light can be turned offwithout waiting for 30 seconds by turningthe ignition switch to the ON position orby locking the doors with the IntelligentKey.

Opening the windows:

See “Opening and closing windows” onthe previous page.

Using the panic alarm:

If you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button jC on the In-telligent Key for longer than 0.5 sec-onds with the metal key removed fromthe ignition key cylinder or the igni-tion knob pushed in.

2. The theft warning alarm and head-lights will stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 25 seconds, or

O The LOCK jA or the UNLOCK jB buttonis pressed, or

O The PANIC button jC is pushed on theIntelligent Key for longer than 0.5 sec-onds.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

OPERATION WITH THEMECHANICAL KEY AND VALET KEY

If the Intelligent Key cannot be used be-cause its battery is discharged, use themetal key to lock or unlock the doors anduse the mechanical key or the valet key,which is registered to the INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System components, tostart the engine.

Removing the mechanical key

O Release the lock knob at the back ofthe intelligent key and remove the me-chanical key.

O To install the mechanical key to the in-telligent key, securely lock the lockknob and then check that the me-chanical key will not move.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withthe mechanical key installed in it.

Locking/unlocking the doors withthe metal key (mechanical key,valet key and wallet key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked by in-serting the metal key into the key cylinderin the driver’s door in the same way asthe ordinary key.

Starting the engine with themechanical key

1. Securely depress the brake pedal.

2. Insert the mechanical key or the valetkey into the ignition knob.

3. Turn the ignition knob to START andstart the engine.

4. After starting the engine, release theknob.

When the engine is off, the steering wheellock cannot be unlocked.

For important safety information, see the“5. Starting and driving” section.

Windows open/close with themechanical key

See “Opening and closing windows” onthe previous page.

SPA1878 SPA1913


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle j1located below the instrument panel;the hood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever j2 at the front of thehood with your fingertips and raisethe hood.

3. When closing the hood, lower it slowlyand make sure it locks into place.

WARNING

O Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

O If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid in-jury do not open the hood.

O The power door lock system allowsyou to lock or unlock all doors includ-ing the back door simultaneously.

O Push the opener switch jA and pullthe opener handle to open the backdoor.

WARNING

Do not drive with the back door open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases to bedrawn into the vehicle. See “Precautions

SPA1268B SPA1879

HOOD BACK DOOR


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

when starting and driving” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section for exhaust gas.

AUTO CLOSURE

If the back door is pulled down to a partlyopen position, the back door will pull it-self to the closed position.

Do not apply excessive force when theauto closure is operating. Excessive forceapplied may cause the mechanism tomalfunction.

CAUTION

O The back door will automatically closefrom a partly open position. To avoidpinching, keep hands and fingers awayfrom back door opening.

O Do not let children operate the backdoor.

Back door release lever

If the back door cannot be opened withthe door lock switch due to a dischargedbattery, follow the these steps.

1. Remove the cover jA inside of theback door.

2. Move the lever as illustrated to openthe door.

Contact an INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible for repair.

WARNING

O Always be sure the back door has beenclosed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

O Do not drive with the back door open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.

SPA1880


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

OPEN THE FILLER LID

To open the fuel-filler lid, unlock it usingone of the following operations, then pushthe left-hand side of the lid.

O Press the unlock button on the keyfobor Intelligent Key twice.

O Press the driver’s door handle requestswitch once.

O Insert the metal key into the door lockcylinder and turn the door key clock-wise twice.

O Press the power door lock switch to theunlock side.

To lock, close the fuel-filler lid and lock thedoors.

SPA1621

FUEL-FILLER LID


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL-FILLER CAP

The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type.Tighten the cap clockwise until ratchetingclicks are heard.

Put the fuel-filler cap jA on the cap holderwhile refueling.

WARNING

O Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-

ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine and donot smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle when refueling.

O Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the capa quarter of a turn, and wait for any hiss-ing sound to stop to prevent fuel fromspraying out and possibly causing per-sonal injury. Then remove the cap.

O Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank af-ter the fuel pump nozzle shuts off

automatically.Continued refueling may cause fuel over-flow, resulting in fuel spray and possiblya fire.

O Use only an original equipment type fuelfiller cap as a replacement. It has a built-in safety valve needed for proper opera-tion of the fuel system and emission con-trol system. An incorrect cap can result ina serious malfunction and possible in-jury. It could also cause the mal-function indicator lamp to come on.

O Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

O Do not fill a portable fuel container in thevehicle or trailer. Static electricity cancause an explosion of flammable liquid,vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. Toreduce the risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel containers:— Always place the container on the

ground when filling.

SPA1622


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

— Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you are fill-ing it.

— Use only approved portable fuel con-tainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

O If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

O Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks.Failure to tighten the fuel filler capproperly may cause the malfunc-tion indicator lamp (MIL) to illuminate.If the lamp illuminates becausethe fuel filler cap is loose or missing,tighten or install the cap and continueto drive the vehicle. The lampshould turn off after a few driving trips.If the lamp does not turn off aftera few driving trips, have the vehicle in-spected by an INFINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel any closerto you than is necessary for proper steeringoperation and comfort. The driver’s air baginflates with great force. If you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sitting sidewaysor out of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in a crash.You may also receive serious or fatal inju-ries from the air bag if you are up against it

SPA1881

TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

when it inflates. Always sit back againstthe seatback and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel. Always use theseat belts.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of your ve-hicle and cause an accident.

Tilt operation

Push the lever to adjust the steeringwheel up or down to the desired position.

Entry/Exit function

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up auto-matically. This lets the driver get into andout of the seat more easily. See “Auto-matic drive positioner” later in this sec-tion.

Telescopic operation

Push the lever to adjust the steeringwheel forward or backward to the desiredposition.

MANUAL OPERATION

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of your ve-hicle and cause an accident.

Tilt operation

Push the lever jA to adjust the steeringwheel up or down to the desired positionjC .

SPA1633


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Telescopic operation

Push the lever jB to adjust the steeringwheel forward or backward to the desiredposition jD .

CAUTION

O Store the main sun visor after storingthe extension sun visor.

O Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward.

1. To block out glare from the front,swing down the main sun visor j1 .

2. To block glare from the side, removethe main sun visor from the centermount and swing it to the side j2 .

3. Draw out the extension sun visor j3from the main sun visor j4 to blockfrom farther glare.

SPA1592B

SUN VISORS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

INSIDE MIRROR

The night position will reduce glare fromthe headlights of vehicles behind you atnight.

WARNING

Use the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDEMIRROR

WARNING

Use automatic anti-glare only when neces-sary because it reduces rear view clarity.

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection ac-cording to the intensity of the headlightsof the vehicle following you.

When the inside MIRROR switch j1 is in

the ON position (The Auto indicator lightj2 will illuminate), excessive glare fromthe headlights of the vehicle behind youwill be reduced. When the switch of theinside mirror is in the OFF position, the in-side mirror will operate normally.

For the HomeLink Universal Transceiverand the compass display, see the descrip-tion in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

PD1006MA SPA1448A

MIRRORS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on thepassenger side are closer than they ap-pear. Be careful when moving to the right.Using only this mirror could cause an acci-dent. Use the inside mirror or glance overyour shoulder to properly judge distancesto other objects.

The outside mirror will operate only when

the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON po-sition.

Move the switch to right or left to selectthe right or left outside mirror, then ad-just.

Foldable outside mirrors

Fold the outside mirrors by pushing themtowards the rear of the vehicle.

SPA1449 MPA0008


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The automatic drive positioner systemhas two features:

O Memory storage function

O Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat,steering column, and outside mirrors canbe stored in the automatic drive posi-tioner memory. Follow these proceduresto use the memory system.

1. Apply the parking brake, and set theselector lever to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors to the de-sired positions by manually operatingeach adjusting switch. For additionalinformation, see “Seats” in the “1.Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental air bags” section and “Steer-ing wheel” and “Outside mirrors” ear-lier in this section.During this step, do not turn the igni-tion to any positions other than ON.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2)fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for ap-proximately 5 seconds after pushing theswitch. After the indicator light goes off,the selected positions are stored in theselected memory (1 or 2).

If a new memory is stored in the samememory switch, the previous memory willbe deleted.

Linking a keyfob or Intelligent Keyto a stored memory position

A keyfob or Intelligent Key can be linkedto a stored memory position with the fol-lowing procedure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memoryposition.

2. While the indicator light for thememory switch being set is illumi-nated for 5 seconds, press the

button on the keyfob or Intelli-gent Key. The indicator light will blink.After the indicator light goes off, thekeyfob or Intelligent Key is linked tothat memory setting.

SPA1624

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if soequipped)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

With the key removed from the ignitionswitch, press the button on the key-fob or Intelligent Key. The driver’s seat,steering wheel and outside mirrors willmove to the memorized position.

Confirming memory storage

O Turn the ignition ON and push the SETswitch. If the main memory has notbeen stored, the indicator light willcome on for approximately 0.5 sec-onds. When the memory has storedthe position, the indicator light willstay on for approximately 5 seconds.

O If the battery cable is disconnected, orif the fuse opens, the memory will becanceled. In such a case, reset the de-sired positions using the followingprocedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door morethan two times with the ignition key inthe LOCK position.

2. Reset the desired position using theprevious procedure.

Selecting the memorized position

1. Set the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fullyfor at least 1 second.

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the memo-rized position with the indicator lightflashing, and then the light will stay onfor approximately 5 seconds.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driv-er’s seat, steering column and door mir-rors will automatically move when the au-tomatic transmission selector lever is inthe P (Park) position. This allows thedriver to get into and out of the driver’sseat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward andthe steering wheel will move up:

O When the driver’s door is opened afterremoving the key from the ignitionswitch or the ignition knob (if soequipped), or returning the ignitionknob to lock position.

O When the driver’s door is opened withthe key turned to LOCK.

O When the key is turned from ACC toLOCK or returning the ignition knob to

lock position with the driver’s dooropen.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel willreturn to the previous position:

O When the key is inserted into the igni-tion switch or the ignition knob (if soequipped) is pushed in after closingthe door.

O When the driver’s door is closed withthe key turned to LOCK.

O When the key or the ignition knob isturned from ACC to ON with the driv-er’s door open.

The entry/exit feature can be adjusted orcanceled. See “Vehicle electronic sys-tems” in the “4. Display screen, heater,air conditioner and audio systems” sec-tion of this manual.

System operation

The automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

O when the vehicle speed is above 4MPH (7 km/h).

O when any two or more of the memoryswitches are simultaneously pushed


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

while the automatic drive positioner isoperating.

O when the adjusting switch for the driv-er’s seat is turned on while the auto-matic drive positioner is operating.

O when the memory switch 1 or 2 is notpushed for at least 1 second.

O when the seat has been alreadymoved to the memorized position.

O when no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

The automatic drive positioner system canbe adjusted and canceled. See “Auto-matic seat slide in getting off” and “Liftsteering column when exiting vehicle” inthe “4. Display screen, heater, air condi-tioner and audio systems” section.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems

Safety note ....................................................... 4-2Control panel buttons — without navigationsystem ............................................................. 4-2

Name of components................................... 4-3How to use joystick and “ENTER” button....... 4-3How to use “PREV” button............................ 4-3How to use “DISP” brightness controlbutton......................................................... 4-3“DAY/NIGHT” button ................................... 4-3How to use “SETTING” button ...................... 4-3How to use “MAINT” (Maintenance)button......................................................... 4-5How to use “TRIP” button ............................ 4-6How to use “FUEL ECON” button ................... 4-7How to use “E/M” button ............................. 4-7Outside air temperature............................... 4-7

Control panel buttons — with navigationsystem ............................................................. 4-8

Name of components................................... 4-8How to use joystick and “ENTER” button....... 4-8How to use “PREV” button............................ 4-9Setting up start-up screen............................ 4-9How to use “SETTING” button ...................... 4-9“DAY/NIGHT” button ................................. 4-13

How to use the “TRIP” button..................... 4-13Maintenance notice ................................... 4-15

Rearview monitor (if so equipped) ................... 4-16How to read the displayed lines ................. 4-17Adjusting the screen.................................. 4-17Operating tips ........................................... 4-17

Ventilators...................................................... 4-18Heater and air conditioner (Automatic)............. 4-19

Automatic operation .................................. 4-20Manual operation ...................................... 4-21Operating tips ........................................... 4-21In-cabin microfilter (if so equipped) ........... 4-22

Servicing air conditioner ................................. 4-22Audio system.................................................. 4-23

FM radio reception..................................... 4-23AM radio reception .................................... 4-24Satellite radio reception............................. 4-24Audio operation precautions ...................... 4-24FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player andcompact disc (CD) changer......................... 4-28CD care and cleaning ................................. 4-34Steering switch for audio control(if so equipped) ......................................... 4-35

Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

INFINITI mobile entertainment system (MES)(if so equipped).............................................. 4-36

Digital video disc (DVD) player controls .... 4-37Remote control.......................................... 4-37Remote control holder............................... 4-38Flip-down screen....................................... 4-38

Playing a digital video disc (DVD) ............. 4-39Care and maintenance .............................. 4-43

How to handle the DVD .................................. 4-43Antenna .................................................... 4-45

Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-46

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Positioning of the heating or air condi-tioning controls and display controlsshould not be done while driving in or-der that full attention may be given tothe driving operation.

O Do not disassemble or modify this sys-tem. If you do, it may result in acci-dents, fire, or electrical shock.

O Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continued useof the system may result in accident,fire or electric shock.

O In case you notice any foreign objectsin the system hardware, spill liquid onit, or notice smoke or smell comingfrom it, stop using the system immedi-ately and contact an INFINITI dealer.Ignoring such conditions may lead toaccident, fire, or electric shock.

SAA0715A

SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS — WITHOUTNAVIGATION SYSTEM

4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the enginenot running (ignition ON or ACC) for along time, it will use up all the batterypower, and the engine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“ENTER” button

This is a button on the control panel.

“Display” key

This is a select key on the screen. By se-lecting this key you can proceed to thenext function.

NAME OF COMPONENTS

1. “DISP” brightness control button;refer to the right column.

2. “DAY/NIGHT” brightness controlbutton; refer to page 4-3.

3. “PREV” previous button; refer to page4-3.

4. “SETTING” button; refer to page 4-3.

5. “MAINT” maintenance button; refer topage 4-5.

6. Joystick and “ENTER” push button;refer to page 4-3.

7. “TRIP” drive computer button; refer topage 4-6.

8. “FUEL ECON” button; refer to page4-6.

9. “TRIP RESET” button; refer to page4-6.

10.“E/M” button; refer to page 4-7.

To turn off the screen, push the“DAY/NIGHT” button for more than ap-proximately 1.5 seconds. The screen willchange to “CONFIRM DISPLAY OFF YES orNO”.

HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND“ENTER” BUTTON

Choose an item on the display using thejoystick. Push the “ENTER” button onlywhen the use of it is instructed on thedisplay.

HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTON

Finish setup:

If you touch “PREV” button after thesetup is completed, the setup will startover.

HOW TO USE “DISP” BRIGHTNESSCONTROL BUTTON

The display brightness control operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position. To brighten the display,push the “+” side of the button. Todarken the display, push the “−” side ofthe button.

“DAY/NIGHT” BUTTON

To change the display brightness, pushthe “DAY/NIGHT” button. Pushing thebutton again will change the display toDAY or NIGHT display. Then, adjust thebrightness pushing the brightness controlbutton.

If no operation is done within 10 sec-onds, or if the “PREV” button is pushed,the display will return to the previous dis-play.

HOW TO USE “SETTING” BUTTON

Pushing the “SETTING” button willchange the settings menu as follows:

j1 DISPLAY ON/OFF

j2 LANGUAGE

j3 BEEP SET

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

j4 SERVICE ALERT

j5 PERSONALIZED SETTINGS MENU

Display ON/OFF

To turn off the screen, select the OFF key ofthe “Display ON/OFF” using the joystick.

The screen will change to “CONFIRM DIS-PLAY OFF YES or NO”.

If YES key is selected using the joystick,the screen will turn off after 2 beep soundand approximately 1 second.

To turn on the screen, push any button ofCONTROL PANEL, air conditioner (exceptrear window defroster button) or audio but-ton.

LanguageThe language can be changed to “English”or “Francais” using the joystick.

Beep setIf the beep set “OFF” key is selected usingthe joystick, the beep sound will not op-erate. (except some caution beep sounds)

Service alertIf the service alert “ON” key is selected,the information will be displayed when theengine oil and the tire rotation reaches the

preset driving distance.

Personalized setting menuYou can set the electronic systems as fol-lows using the joystick.

Slide back DR seat when on exit (if soequipped):

The driver’s seat automatically moves backand returns to the original position for ex-ceptional ease of exit and entry.

Lift steering column on exit (if soequipped):

The steering column automatically tilts upand returns to the original position for ex-ceptional ease of entry and exit.

Remote unlock door logic:

This key can switch the unlock doors of the1st unlocking operation as follows:

Only the driver side door ←→ All the doors

Horn chirp with remote*:

This key changes the horn chirp mode oc-curring when pressing the LOCK button onthe keyfob.

Lamps flash with remote*:

This key changes the hazard indicator flash

mode occurring when pressing the LOCK orUNLOCK button on the keyfob.

* If you change the horn chirp or the lampflash with the keyfob or the IntelligentKey, the mode may not be changed withthe display. Use the keyfob or the Intel-ligent Key to return the mode.

Auto re-lock time:

The length of auto door re-lock time can beset. Select the “Auto Re-Lock time” key,then move the joystick to adjust the time.

Auto headlamp sensitivity(if so equipped):

Automatic light illumination can be set asdesired.

Select the “Sensitivity of Automatic Head-lights” key, then move the joystick to theleft (lower) or right (higher).

Auto headlamp off delay(if so equipped):

You can control how long it takes the auto-matic turn off timer to extinguish the head-lights in AUTO position.

Select the “Automatic Headlamp OffDelay” key, then move the joystick to theleft or right to adjust the timer.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

Speed sensing wiper interval:

This key turns on and off the driving speeddependent intermittent wiper function.

Confirm reset settings:

To display the “Confirm Reset Settings”,push the “Reset All Settings” key.

When this key is selected and turned onusing the “ENTER” button, all settingsmade by PERSONALIZED SETTINGS will re-turn to the initial conditions.

HOW TO USE “MAINT”(Maintenance) BUTTON

Pushing the “MAINT” button will changethe maintenance menu as follows:

ENGINE OIL → TIRE ROTATION → TIREPRESSURE (if so equipped)

To reset the driving distance, push the“MAINT” button or “TRIP RESET” button formore than approximately 1.5 seconds.

To set the distance, push the joystick to leftor right.

To automatically display the Maintenance

menu (“ENGINE OIL” or “TIRE ROTATION”)when the vehicle is driven the set distance,turn ON the service alert key.

To turn the service alert key ON, refer to“How to use the setting button” in this sec-tion.

When the vehicle is driven the set distance,MAINTENANCE screen will be automaticallydisplayed and the Maintenance menu (“EN-GINE OIL” and “TIRE ROTATION”) willblink.

To return to the previous display after theMaintenance Notice message is displayed,push the PREV button.

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen dis-plays each time the key is turned ON untilone of the following conditions are met:

O “MAINT” button or “TRIP RESET”button is pushed.

O “Service alert key” is set OFF.

O the maintenance interval is set again.

SAA0726


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

Pressure indication in ** psi on the screenindicates that the pressure is being mea-sured. After a few driving trips, the pres-sure for each tire will be displayed ran-domly.

The order of tire pressure figures displayedon the screen does not correspond with theactual order of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s travelingcondition and the temperature.

In case of low tire pressure, a message(FLAT TIRE or CHECK ALL TIRE) is displayedon the screen:

FLAT TIRE — very low tire air pressure.

WARNING

When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is re-placed, tire pressure will not be indicatedand the low tire pressure warning systemwill not function. Contact an INFINITI dealeras soon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.

HOW TO USE “TRIP” BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, the fol-lowing modes will display on the screen.

TRIP 1 (TIME, DIST, AVG) → TRIP 2 (TIME,DIST, AVG) → OFF

You can set the two kinds of journey time(TIME — max 99 hours 59 minutes), tripodometer (DIST — mile or km) and averagespeed (AVG — MPH or km/h).

To reset the TRIP 1 or TRIP 2, push the“TRIP” button or the “TRIP RESET” buttonfor more than approximately 1.5 seconds.

SAA0727 SAA0724


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE “FUEL ECON” BUTTON

The average fuel consumption (MPG orL/100 km) and the distance to empty (dte— MI or km) will appear on the screenwhen the “FUEL ECON” button is pushed.

Average fuel consumption(Mpg or L/100 km)

The average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since thelast reset. Resetting is done by pressingthe “TRIP RESET” or “FUEL ECON” buttonfor more than approximately 1.5 seconds.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.At about the first 30 seconds and 1/3 miles(500 m) after a reset or connecting batterycable, the display will show (----).

Distance to empty (dte — mile orkm)

The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance thatcan be driven before refueling. The dte isconstantly being calculated, based on theamount of fuel in the fuel tank and the ac-tual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to (*).

NOTE:

O If the amount of fuel added while theignition switch is OFF is small, the dis-play just before the ignition switch isturned OFF may continue to be dis-played.

O When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

HOW TO USE “E/M” BUTTON

You can change the unit as follows usingthe “E/M” (English/Metric) button.

Unit: US — Mile, °F, MPGMetric — km, °C, L/100 km

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

The outside air temperature is displayed in°F or °C.

It may differ from the actual outside airtemperature due to the sensor location.

SAA0725


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the enginenot running (ignition ON or ACC) for along time, it will use up all the batterypower, and the engine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“ENTER” button

This is a button on the control panel.

“Display” key

This is a select key on the screen. By se-lecting this key you can proceed to thenext function.

NAME OF COMPONENTS

1., 2., 3., 7. and 8For Navigation system control buttons;refer to the separate Navigation Owner’sManual.

4. Joystick and “ENTER” push button;refer to page 4-8.

5. “DAY/NIGHT” brightness controlbutton; refer to page 4-13.

6. “SETTING” button; refer to page 4-9.

9. “PREV” previous button; refer to page4-9.

10.“TRIP” drive computer button; refer topage 4-13.

HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND“ENTER” BUTTON

Choose an item on the display using thejoystick and push the “ENTER” button foroperation.

SAA0712A

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS — WITHNAVIGATION SYSTEM


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTON

This has two functions.

O Go back to the previous display (can-cel).

If you touch “PREV” button during setup,the setup will be canceled and/or the dis-play will return to the previous screen.

O Finish setup.

If you touch this button after the setup iscompleted, the setup will start over, andthe display will return to the climate con-trol or Audio mode, and Navigationscreen.

SETTING UP START-UP SCREEN

When you turn the ignition switch to ACC,the SYSTEM START-UP warning is dis-played on the screen. Read the warningand select the “I AGREE” (English) or“ENTER” (Francais) key then push the“ENTER” button.

If you do not push the “ENTER” button,this system will not proceed to the nextstep display.

If you do not touch the button or screenkey for more than 1 minute on the TRIP,SETTING or START-UP screen, the screen

will change to TRIP screen automatically.

To proceed to the next step, refer to theseparate Navigation system Owner’sManual.

For models with navigation system:

*1 — Please refer to the separate Naviga-tion system Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE “SETTING” BUTTON

The SETTING screen will appear when the“SETTING” button is pushed.

SAA0701


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

“DISPLAY” settings

The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appearwhen pushing the “SETTING” button, se-lecting “Display” key and pushing the“ENTER” button.

Brightness/Contrast/Map Background:

To adjust the brightness and contrast ofthe screen, select the “Brightness/contrast” key and push the “ENTER”button. Then you can adjust the bright-ness to Darker or Brighter, the contrast toLower or Higher using the joystick.

The Map Background is for models with

navigation system. Please refer to theseparate navigation system Owner’sManual.

Display Off:

To turn off the screen, push the “SET-TING” button and select the “Display” keyand “Display Off” key. The indicator ofthe“Display Off” will turn on to amber. Whenany mode button is pushed with thescreen off, the screen turns on for furtheroperation. The screen will turn off auto-matically 5 seconds after the operation isfinished on the map display in the Audio,HVAC (Heater and air conditioner), SET-TING or VEHICLE INFO. modes.

To turn on the screen, push the “SET-TING” button and select the “Display” keyand “Display Off” key, then set the screento on by pushing the “ENTER” button.

Setting Audio or HVAC display:

Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heaterand air conditioner) key to be displayedat the bottom, by using the joystick. Theaudio or HVAC (heater, air conditioner)setting condition will normally appear onthe screen.

To return to the setting screen, push the

“SETTING” button or “PREV” button.

SAA0702


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Vehicle electronic systems

You can only get this menu if the ignitionswitch is ON. If the ignition switch or ig-nition knob is set to ACC, you will not getthis menu to come up.

The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMSscreen will appear when selecting the“Vehicle Electronic Systems” key with thejoystick and pushing the “ENTER” button.

You can set the various electronic sys-tems operating conditions.

To set an operating condition, select the

applicable item using the joystick, andpush the “ENTER” button.

The indicator light alternately turns onand off each time the “ENTER” button ispressed.

Indicator light is illuminated. — ONIndicator light is not illuminated. — OFF

Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle(if so equipped):

The driver’s seat automatically movesback and returns to the original positionfor exceptional ease of exit and entry.

Lift steering column when exiting vehicle(if so equipped):

The steering column automatically tilts upand returns to the original position for ex-ceptional ease of entry and exit.

Selective door unlock (if Intelligent Keyis equipped)/Remote unlock driver’s doorfirst:

This key can switch the unlock doors ofthe 1st unlocking operation as follows:

ON (Only the driver side door) ←→ OFF(All the doors)

SAA0703 SAA0704 SAA0792


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ON (Only the request switch presseddoor) ←→ OFF (All the doors)

Keyless remote response — Horn*:

This key changes the horn chirp mode oc-curring when pressing the LOCK button onthe Intelligent Key or keyfob.

Keyless remote response — Lights*:

* If you change the horn chirp or thelamp flash with the keyfob or the Intel-ligent Key, the mode may not bechanged with the display. Use the key-fob or the Intelligent Key to return themode.

This key changes the hazard indicatorflash mode occurring when pressing theLOCK or UNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey or keyfob.

Auto re-lock time:

The length of auto door re-lock time canbe set. Select the “Auto Re-Lock time”key, then move the joystick and push theENTER button to adjust the time.

Sensitivity of automatic headlights (if soequipped):

Automatic light illumination can be set asdesired.

Select the “Sensitivity of Automatic Head-lights” key, then move the joystick to theleft (lower) or right (higher).

Automatic headlights off delay (if soequipped):

You can control how long it takes the au-tomatic turn off timer to extinguish theheadlights in AUTO position.

Select the “Automatic Headlights OffDelay” key, then move the joystick to theleft or right to adjust the timer.

Speed dependent wiper:

This key turns on and off the drivingspeed dependent intermittent wiper func-tion.

Intelligent Key lock response — Sound(if so equipped):

The sound pattern of the Intelligent re-quest switch operation can be set as de-sired. Select the “Intelligent Key lock re-sponse — Sound” key, then push the EN-TER button to change the sound pattern.

Intelligent Key unlock response — Sound(if so equipped):

The beep sounds when unlocking door

with the Intelligent request switch can beturned on or off.

Return all settings to default:

When this key is selected and turned onusing the “ENTER” button, all settingsmade by VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMSwill return to the initial conditions.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

System settings

Language/Unit:

The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appearwhen selecting the “Language/Unit” keyand pushing the “ENTER” button.

Language: English or French

Unit: US — Mile, °F, MPGMetric — km, °C, L/100 km

You can select the language and unitusing the joystick and “ENTER” button.

Beep setting:

When Beep setting is on (indicator lighton), a beep will sound if the any audiobutton is pushed.

“DAY/NIGHT” BUTTON

To change the display brightness, pushthe “DAY/NIGHT” button. Pushing thebutton again will change the display toDAY or NIGHT display. Then, adjust thebrightness moving the joystick right orleft.

If no operation is done within 10 sec-onds, or if the “PREV” button is pushed,the display will return to the previous dis-play.

HOW TO USE THE “TRIP” BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, thefollowing modes will display on thescreen.

Warning message (if there are any) →TRIP 1 (Elapsed Time, Driving Distance,Average Speed) → TRIP 2 (Elapsed Time,Driving Distance, Average Speed) → FUELECONOMY (Average Fuel Economy, Dis-tance to Empty) → MAINTENANCE (EngineOil, Tire Rotation and Tire Pressure — if soequipped) → OFF.

Trip 1, trip 2 and fuel economyitems

To reset the TRIP 1, TRIP 2 and FUELECONOMY, select the “RESET” key usingthe joystick and push the “ENTER” buttonor push the “TRIP” button for more thanapproximately 1.5 seconds.

SAA0707 SAA0696


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Maintenance items

You can set the engine oil and the tire ro-tation interval.

And the tire pressure will appear on thescreen (if the tire pressure system isequipped).

To display the setting of the maintenanceinterval, select the “Engine Oil” or “TireRotation” key using the joystick and pushthe “ENTER” button.

To set the maintenance interval, selectthe “Maintenance Schedule” key by usingthe joystick and move the joystick to rightor left.

To reset the maintenance interval, selectthe “RESET” key using the joystick andpush the “ENTER” button.

To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMA-TION, automatically when setting trip dis-tance is reached, select the “DisplayMaintenance Notification” key and pushthe “ENTER” button.

SAA0728 SAA0828 SAA0698


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MAINTENANCE NOTICE

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen (“EN-GINE OIL”, “TIRE ROTATION” or “OIL FIL-TER”) will be automatically displayed asshown when both of the following condi-tions are met:

O the vehicle is driven the set distanceand the ignition key is turned OFF.

O the ignition key is turned ON the nexttime the vehicle will be driven.

To return to the previous display after the“MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is dis-played, push the PREV button.

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen dis-plays each time the key is turned ON untilone of the following conditions are met:

O “RESET” is selected.

O “Display Maintenance Notification” isset OFF.

O the maintenance interval is set again.

SAA0699 SAA0858


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

To view “TIRE PRESSURE” information,push the “TRIP” button repeatedly untilthe “MAINTENANCE” screen is displayed.Select “TIRE PRESSURE” using the joy-stick and push the “ENTER” button.

Pressure indication in ** psi on thescreen indicates that the pressure isbeing measured. After a few driving trips,the pressure for each tire will be dis-played randomly.

The order of tire pressure figures dis-

played on the screen does not correspondwith the actual order of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s travelingcondition and the temperature.

In case of low tire pressure, a message isdisplayed on the screen:

FLAT TIRE — low tire air pressure.

WARNING

When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel isreplaced, tire pressure will not be indicatedand the low tire pressure warning systemwill not function. Contact an INFINITIdealer as soon as possible for tire replace-ment and/or system resetting.

When the selector lever is shifted into theR (Reverse) position, the monitor displayshows view to the rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION

O The rearview camera is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for properbacking. Always turn and check that itis safe to do so before backing up orchanging lanes. Always back up slowly.

O The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationary ob-jects to help avoid damaging the ve-hicle. The system will not detect smallobjects below the bumper, and may notdetect objects close to the bumper oron the ground.

O Objects viewed in the rearview monitordiffer from actual distance because awide-angle lens is used. Objects in therearview monitor will appear visually op-posite than when viewed in the rearviewand outside mirrors.

SAA0700

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Make sure that the back door is securelyclosed when backing up.

O Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is installedbeside the license plate light.

O When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

O Do not strike the camera. It is a precisioninstrument. Otherwise, it may malfunc-tion or cause damage resulting in a fireor an electric shock.

O Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discol-oration.

O There is a plastic cover over the camera.Do not scratch the cover when cleaningdirt or snow from it.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Lines which indicate the vehicle clearanceand distances to objects with reference tothe bumper line jA are displayed on themonitor.

They are indicated as reference distancesto objects. Displayed lines indicate dis-tances 1.5 feet (red) j1 , 3 feet (yellow) j2 ,7 feet (green) j3 and 10 feet (green) j4[0.5 m (red), 1 m (yellow), 2 m (green) and 3m (green)] from the lower part of thebumper line jA .

The vehicle clearance lines are wider thanthe actual clearance.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

To adjust the quality of the screen, refer toHOW TO USE THE “SETTING” BUTTON inthis section.

OPERATING TIPS

O When the selector lever is shifted to R,the display screen automaticallychanges to the rearview monitor mode.However, the radio can be heard.

O It may take some time for the rearviewmonitor to display after the selectorlever has been shifted to R. Objectsmay be distorted momentarily. Whenthe selector lever is returned to a posi-tion other than R, it may take some timefor the screen to change. Objects on thescreen may be distorted until they arecompletely displayed.

O When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects. This is not a malfunc-tion.

O When strong light directly enters the

SAA0889


Z 04.7.16/S50-D/V5.0 X

camera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

O Vertical lines may be seen in objectson the screen. This is due to strong re-flected light from the bumper. This isnot a malfunction.

O The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light. This is not a malfunction.

O The colors of objects on the rear viewmonitor may differ somewhat fromthose of the actual object.

O When the contrast of objects is low atnight, pushing the “ENTER” buttonmay not change the brightness.

O Objects on the monitor may not beclear in a dark place or at night.

O If dirt, rain or snow attaches to thecamera, the rear view monitor may notclearly display objects. Clean the cam-era.

O To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaningagent and then wipe with a dry cloth.

O Do not use body wax on the camerawindow. Wipe off any wax with a cleancloth dampened with mild detergentdiluted with water.

Open or close, and adjust the air flow di-rection of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that thevents are closed.

: This symbol indicates that thevents are open.

SAA0708AFront

SAA0709ARear — side

VENTILATORS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Temperature control button (driveronly, or driver and passenger)

2. “AUTO” climate control ON button

3. “ ” air fresh button

4. “ ” front defroster button

5. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

6. Fan speed control button

7. “MODE” manual air flow control button

8. Temperature control button (passengerside)

9. “OFF” button for climate controlsystem

10. “ ” air recirculation button

11. “ ” rear window defrosterbutton; refer to the “2. Instrumentand controls” section.

12. “DUAL” passenger side temperaturecontrol ON/OFF button

SAA0710

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(Automatic)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

O On hot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals. Do notleave children or adults who would nor-mally require the assistance of others inyour vehicle. Unattended pets shouldalso not be left alone.

O Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

O Positioning of the heater and/or air con-ditioner controls should not be donewhile driving, so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the controlsto activate the air conditioner.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)

This mode may be normally used all yearround as the system automatically works tokeep a constant temperature. Air flow dis-tribution and fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will bedisplayed.)

2. Push the temperature set button to setthe desired temperature.

O Adjust the temperature to about 75°F(24°C) for normal operation.

O The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fanspeed are also controlled automati-cally.

3. You can individually set driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control button. When theDUAL button is pushed or passengerside temperature control button isturned, the DUAL indicator will comeon. To turn off the passenger side tem-perature control, push the DUAL button.

Heating (A/C OFF)

The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.

1. Push the A/C button. (A/C OFF will bedisplayed and A/C indicator will turnoff.)

2. Turn the temperature set button to setthe desired temperature.

O The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fanspeed are also controlled automati-cally.

O Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Otherwisethe system may not work properly.

O Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting ordefogging

1. Push the FRONT defroster buttonon. (The indicator light on the buttonwill come on.)

2. Push the temperature set button to set


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

the desired temperature.

O To quickly remove ice from the outsideof the windows, push the fan speedcontrol button m and set to themaximum position.

O As soon as possible after the wind-shield is clean, push the AUTO buttonto return to the auto mode.

O When the front defroster buttonis pushed, the air conditioner will au-tomatically be turned on at outsidetemperatures above 23°F (−5°C) to de-fog the windshield, and the air recircu-late mode will automatically be turnedoff.

Outside air is drawn into the pas-senger compartment to improve thedefogging performance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Push the fan control button to manu-ally control the fan speed.

Push the AUTO button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

Push the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.The indicator light on the button willcome on.

The air recirculation button cannotbe activated when the air conditioner is inthe front defrosting mode .

Fresh air

Push the button to draw outside airinto the passenger compartment. The in-dicator light on the button will comeon.

Automatic intake air control

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually con-trol the intake air, push the air recirculate

or fresh air button. To return tothe automatic control mode, push theindicator-illuminated button for about 2seconds. The indicator lights (both air re-circulate and fresh air buttons) will flashtwice, and then the intake air will be con-trolled automatically.

Air flow control

Pushing the MODE manual air flow control

button selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and sideventilators.

: Air flows from center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and footoutlets.

To turn the system off

Push the OFF button.

OPERATING TIPS

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the airflow from the foot outlets may not operatefor a maximum of 150 seconds. However,this is not a malfunction. After the coolanttemperature warms up, the air flow fromthe foot outlets will operate normally.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The sensor jA on the instrument panelhelps maintain a constant temperature;do not put anything on or around thissensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER (if soequipped)

The air conditioning system is equippedwith an in-cabin microfilter which collectsdirt, pollen, dust, etc. To make sure theair conditioner heats, defogs, and venti-lates efficiently, replace the filter in accor-dance with the maintenance schedule inthis manual. To replace the filter, contactan INFINITI dealer.

The filter should be replaced if the airflow decreases significantly or if windowsfog up easily when operating the heateror air conditioning system.

The air conditioning system in yourINFINITI vehicle is charged with a refriger-ant designed with the environment in mind.This refrigerant will not harm the earth’sozone layer. However, special chargingequipment and lubricants are requiredwhen servicing your INFINITI air condi-tioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-cants will cause severe damage to your airconditioning system. See “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9.Technical and consumer information” sec-tion for air conditioning system refrigerantand lubricant recommendations.

An INFINITI dealer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly air condi-tioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refrig-erant under high pressure. To avoid per-sonal injury, any air conditioner serviceshould be done only by an experiencedtechnician with proper equipment.

SAA0642B

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON andpress the power on switch to turn on theradio. If you listen to the radio with theengine not running, the key should beturned to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station sig-nal strength, distance from radio trans-mitter, buildings, bridges, mountains andother external influences. Intermittentchanges in reception quality normally arecaused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception

Your radio system is equipped with state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are de-signed to extend reception range, and toenhance the quality of that reception.

However there are some general charac-teristics of FM, AM and satellite radio sig-nals that can affect radio receptionquality in a moving vehicle, even whenthe finest equipment is used. These char-acteristics are completely normal in agiven reception area, and do not indicateany malfunction in your radio system.

Remember that a moving vehicle is notthe ideal place to listen to a radio. Be-cause of the movement, reception condi-tions will constantly change. Buildings,terrain, signal distance and interferencefrom other vehicles can work againstideal reception. Described below aresome of the factors that can affect yourradio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25to 30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural(single channel) FM having slightly morerange than stereo FM. External influencesmay sometimes interfere with FM stationreception even if the FM station is within25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FMsignal is directly related to the distancebetween the transmitter and receiver. FMsignals follow a line-of-sight path, exhib-iting many of the same characteristics aslight. For example they will reflect off ob-jects.

SAA0306C

AUDIO SYSTEM


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Fade and drift: As your vehicle movesaway from a station transmitter, the sig-nals will tend to fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interfer-ence from buildings, large hills or due toantenna position, usually in conjunctionwith increased distance from the stationtransmitter, static or flutter can be heard.This can be reduced by adjusting thetreble control counterclockwise to reducetreble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the re-flective characteristics of FM signals, di-rect and reflected signals reach the re-ceiver at the same time. The signals maycancel each other, resulting in momentaryflutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low fre-quency, can bend around objects andskip along the ground. In addition, thesignals can be bounced off the iono-sphere and bent back to earth. Becauseof these characteristics. AM signals arealso subject to interference as they travelfrom transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle ispassing through freeway underpasses or

in areas with many tall buildings. It canalso occur for several seconds duringionospheric turbulence even in areaswhere no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, elec-trical power lines, electric signs and eventraffic lights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION

You must have a contract with a satelliteradio provider to receive satellite radioprogramming.

When the satellite radio is first installedor the battery has been replaced, the sat-ellite radio may not work properly. This isnot a malfunction. Wait more than 10minutes with satellite radio ON for satel-lite radio to receive all of the necessarydata.

Satellite radio performance may be ef-fected if cargo carried on the roof rackblocks the satellite radio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo over the sat-ellite radio antenna.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

Cassette player

O To maintain good quality sound,

INFINITI recommends using cassettetapes of 60 minutes or shorter inlength.

O Cassette tapes should be removedfrom the player when not in use. Storecassettes in their protective cases andaway from direct sunlight, heat, dust,moisture and magnetic sources.

O Direct sunlight can cause the cassetteto become deformed. The use of de-formed cassettes may cause the cas-sette to jam in the player.

O Do not use cassettes with labelswhich are peeling and loose. If used,the label could jam in the player.

O If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassettehubs and rewind the tape firmlyaround the hubs. Loose tape maycause tape jamming and waveringsound quality.

O Over a period of time, the playbackhead, capstan and pinch roller maycollect a tape coating residue as thetape is played. This residue accumula-tion can cause weak or waveringsound, and should be removed peri-odically with a head cleaning tape. If


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

the residue is not removed periodi-cally, the player may need to be dis-assembled for cleaning.

Compact Disc (CD) player

O Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12cm) round discs that have the “COM-PACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo onthe disc or packaging.

O During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

O The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

O The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the passenger compartmenttemperature is extremely high. De-crease the temperature before use.

O Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

O CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints,or that have pin holes may not workproperly.

O The following CDs may not work prop-erly:

• Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

• Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

• Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

O Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion.

• 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter

SAA0480


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

• CDs that are not round

• CDs with a paper label

• CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. SEEK/APS REW, APS FF/TRACKCHANGE button

2. RADIO TUNE/FFzREW button

3. CD LOAD button

4. FM-AM band select button

5. CD/REAR AV play button

6. TAPE play button

7. “SAT” satellite band select button (ifso equipped)*

8. Station and preset (FM/AM/SAT)/CDinsert/eject or CD play select button

9. CD EJECT button

10. PROG (program)/RPT (repeat) playbutton

11. A.B.C. preset select button

12. “PAUSE/MUTE” button

13. ONzOFF/VOLUME control knob

14. CD slot

15. TAPE EJECT button

16. Tuning up/down knob and AUDIO(BASS, TREBLE, FADE, and BALANCE,SSV and NR (Dolby)) knob

*: Satellite radio (if so equipped) is avail-able with a service contract with a sat-ellite radio provider.

SAA0711A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITHCASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACTDISC (CD) CHANGER

Audio main operation

The tape deck employs a permalloy headwhich allows for improved reproduction ofhigh frequency ranges. Noise is alsogreatly reduced by the combined use ofthe Dolby NR (Noise Reduction) system.The auto loudness circuit enhances thelow frequency range automatically in bothradio reception and tape and CD play-back.

ONzOFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON, andthen push the ONzOFF/Volume controlknob while the system is off to call up themode (radio, tape or CD) which was play-ing immediately before the system wasturned off. When no CD or tape is loaded,the radio will come on. While the systemis on, pushing the ONzOFF/Volume controlknob turns the system off.

To turn the radio off, press thePower/Volume control knob.

Turn the ONzOFF/Volume control knob toadjust the volume.

This vehicle has Speed Sensitive controlVolume (SSV) for audio. The audio volumechanges as the driving speed changes.

AUDIO knob (BASS, TREBLE, FADE,BALANCE, (SSV and NR (Dolby))):

Press the AUDIO knob to change the se-lecting mode as follows.

BASS → TREBLE → FADE → BALANCE →SSV → NR (when cassette playing)

To adjust BASS, Treble, Fader and Bal-ance, press the AUDIO knob until the de-sired mode BASS, TREBLE, FADE or BAL-ANCE appears in the display. Turn theTuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble tothe desired level. Use the Tuning knobalso to adjust Fader or Balance modes.Fader adjusts the sound level between thefront and rear speakers and Balance ad-justs the sound between the right and leftspeakers.

To change the SSV mode to OFF, LOW,MID or HIGH, turn the Tuning knob toright or left.

To change the NR (Dolby) mode to OFF orON, turn the Tuning knob to right or leftwhile cassette tape is playing. WhenDolby is ON, the display indicates the

mark.

Dolby noise reduction is manufacturedunder license from Dolby Laboratories Li-censing Corporation. Dolby NR and thedouble-D symbol “ ” are trademarksof Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corpora-tion.

After 10 seconds, the radio, cassette tapeor CD display reappears. Once the soundquality is set to the desired level, pressthe AUDIO button repeatedly until the ra-dio, cassette tape or CD display appears.

Display CD text:

To indicate the CD mode text, push theAUDIO knob during CD playing.

BASS → TREBLE → FADE → BALANCE →SSV → Display mode

To change the indicated text in displaymode, turn the tuning knob within 10 sec-onds.

The text will change as follows:

Display satellite radio text:

To indicate the satellite mode text, push


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

the AUDIO knob during satellite radioplay.

BASS → TREBLE → FADE → BALANCE →SSV → Display mode

To change the indicated text in displaymode, turn the tuning knob within 2 sec-onds.

Pause/mute button:

To mute or pause the audio sound, pushthe PAUSE/MUTE button.

To release the mute or pause, push thebutton again.

FM-AM-SAT radio operation

or SAT FM/AM/SAT bandselect:

Pushing the FM/AM or SAT band selectbutton will change the band as follows:

AM ↔ FM or SAT (Satellite)

When FM/AM/SAT band select button ispushed while the ignition switch is in theACC or ON, the radio will come on at thestation last played.

The last station played will also come onwhen the power knob is turned to ON.

If you have not separately contracted forsatellite radio, “NO SAT” will be shownon the display.

If a compact disc or tape is playing whenthe FM/AM/SAT band select button isturned to ON, the compact disc or tapewill automatically be turned off and thelast radio station played will come on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glowduring FM stereo reception. When the ste-reo broadcast signal is weak, the radiowill automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned while drivingso full attention may be given to vehicleoperation.

To tune the radio, push the RADIO TUNEbutton ( or ) or turn the Tuningknob to right or left.

Use these buttons for manual tuning. Tomove quickly through the channels, holdeither of the RADIO TUNE buttons downfor more than 1.5 seconds.

SEEK/SCAN tuning:

Push the SEEK button or forless than 1.5 seconds, to tune from highto low or low to high frequencies andstops at the next broadcasting station.

Push the or SEEK button formore than 1.5 seconds to tune from lowto high frequencies and stops at eachbroadcasting station for 5 seconds. Push-ing the button again during this 5 sec-onds period will stop SCAN tuning andthe radio will remain tuned to that sta-tion.

If the SEEK button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

Station memory operations:

Eighteen (18) stations can be set for theFM, AM and SAT band to the A, B and Cpreset button.

1. Choose preset channel A, B or C usingthe preset select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

SEEK, SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Push and hold any of the desired sta-tion memory buttons (1 to 6) until abeep sound is heard. (The radio muteswhen the select button is pushed.)

4. The channel indicator will then comeon and the sound will resume. Memo-rizing is now complete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse blows, the radio memory will beerased. In that case, reset the desiredstations.

Radio data system (RDS):

RDS stands for Radio Data System, and isa data information service transmitted bysome radio stations on the FM band (notAM band) and/or SATELLITE band en-coded within a regular radio broadcast.Currently, most RDS stations are in largecities, but many stations are now consid-ering broadcasting RDS data.

RDS can display:

O Station call sign, such as “WHFR98.3”.

O Station name, such as “The Groove”.

O Music or programming type such as“Classical”, “Country”, or “Rock”.

O Traffic reports about delays or con-struction.

If the station broadcasts RDS information,the RDS icon is displayed.

Program type (PTY) (Category(CAT)):

When PROG/RPT button is pressed formore than 1.5 seconds during FM (SAT)mode, the PTY (CAT) name of the currenttuned station is displayed. During thistime if the PTY (CAT) data code is zero, orthe data is unreadable; the display willshow NONE.

1. PTY (CAT) selection mode

PTY (CAT) name selection can be doneby the up/down TUNE button or

in the PTY (CAT) selection mode.

It is possible to shift the PTY (CAT) nameby one step, with one push of theup/down tuning button or .

PTY name selection can also be achievedby pressing the preset buttons.

Initial PTY names are stored in the preset

buttons; but these can be changed bypressing the preset buttons for less than1.5 seconds when the desired PTY nameis in the display.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. PTY SEEK tuning

After selecting a PTY name, push theSEEK button or for less than0.5 seconds within 10 seconds.Tuning to the PTY station will start. Ifyou do not push the SEEK buttonwithin the 10 second period, the PTYmode will be canceled.

Push the SEEK button for more than1.5 seconds to tune the PTY name sta-tion, and stop at each broadcasting

station for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 second pe-riod will stop SCAN tuning and the ra-dio will remain tuned to that station.If the SEEK button is not pushedwithin 5 seconds, SCAN tuning movesto the next station.

Cassette tape player operation

Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON, andthen lightly insert the cassette tape intothe tape door. The cassette tape will beautomatically pulled into the player.

The radio or CD will turn off (if it is on)and the cassette tape will begin to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into the tapedoor. This could damage the player.

SAA0713A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

If the system is turned off by pushing theONzOFF/VOL control knob with the cas-sette tape still in the player, the tape willresume playing when the system isturned back on.

PLAY:

O When the TAPE button is pushed withthe system turned off and a tapeloaded, the system will come on andthe tape will play.

O When the TAPE button is pushed witheither the radio or compact discturned on and the tape loaded, thecompact disc or the radio will auto-matically be turned off and the tapewill play.

O When the TAPE button is pushed withthe TAPE playing, the tape will playthe program recorded on the reverseside.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

Push the (fast forward) button to fastforward the tape. To rewind the tape,push the (rewind) button. Either theFF or REW symbol illuminates on the dis-play window. To stop the FF or REW func-tion, press the (fast forward) or

(rewind) again, or the TAPE button.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedfor less than 1.5 seconds while the tapeis being played, the next program willstart to play from the beginning. Push the

(APS FF) button several times to skipthrough programs. The tape will advancethe number of times the button is pushed(up to nine programs).

When the (APS REW) button ispushed for less than 1.5 seconds once,the program being played starts over fromthe beginning. Push the (APS REW)button several times to skip back severalselections. The tape will go back thenumber of times the button is pushed. Ei-ther the FF or REW symbol flashes on thedisplay window while searching for theselection.

When pushing the (APS FF) or(APS REW) button for more than 1.5

seconds, each program will play for about10 seconds. To stop playing, push the

button again.

This system searches for the blank inter-vals between selections. If there is a

blank interval within one program or thereis no interval between programs, the sys-tem may not stop in the desired or ex-pected location.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the PROG/RPT play button ispushed while the tape is played, patterncan be changed as follows:

Metal or chrome tape usage:The cassette player will be automaticallyset to high performance play whenplaying a metal or chrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

When this button is pushed with the tapeloaded, the tape will be ejected.When the tape is ejected while it is beingplayed, the system will be turned off.

Compact disc (CD) changeroperation

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and insert the compact disc intothe slot with the label side facing up. The


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

compact disc will be guided automaticallyinto the slot and start playing. To insertthe disc, first push the LOAD button.After loading the disc, the number oftracks on the disc and the play time willappear on the display.If the radio or tape is already operating, itwill automatically turn off and the com-pact disc will play.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into the slot.This could damage the player.

If the system has been turned off whilethe compact disc was playing, pushingthe ONzOFF/VOL control knob will startthe compact disc.

button:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, pushthe LOAD button for less than 1.5 sec-onds. Select the loading slot by pushingthe CD insert select button (1 to 6), theninsert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, pushthe LOAD button for more than 1.5 sec-onds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminateon the display.

PLAY:

When the CD/REAR AV button is pushedwith the system off and the CD loaded inthe CD changer, the CD changer or therear INFINITI mobile entertainmentsystem (if so equipped) will start to play.

Pushing the CD/REAR AV button changesoperations alternately as follows:

CD → DVD → CD

When the CD/REAR AV button is pushedwith the CD loaded with another audiosource playing, the other source will auto-matically be turned off and

O the CD will start to play if the last playwas a CD.

O the DVD will start to play if the lastplay was a DVD.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

The following functions are available onlyfor CD changer, not available for familyentertainment system.

When the (fast forward) or (re-wind) button is pushed while the compact

disc is being played, the compact discwill play while fast forwarding or re-winding. When the button is released, thecompact disc will return to normal playspeed.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedfor less than 1.5 seconds while the com-pact disc is being played, the programnext to the present one will start to playfrom its beginning. Push several times toskip through programs. The compact discwill advance the number of times the but-ton is pushed. (When the last program onthe compact disc is skipped through, thefirst program will be played.) When the

(APS REW) button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds, the program beingplayed returns to its beginning. Push sev-eral times to skip back through programs.The compact disc will go back the numberof times the button is pushed.

When pushing the (APS FF) or(APS REW) button for more than 1.5

seconds, each track will play for about 10seconds. To stop playing, push the

button again.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CD PLAY button:

To change CD, push the CD play selectbutton (1 to 6). You can select if the CD isinserted.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the PROG/RPT play button ispushed while the compact disc is played,the play pattern can be changed as fol-lows:

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed withthe compact disc loaded, the compactdisc will be ejected.

To eject the discs selected by the EJECTbutton, push it for less than 1.5 seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the EJECT but-ton for more than 1.5 seconds.

When this button is pushed while thecompact disc is being played, the com-pact disc will come out and the systemwill turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the

slot to protect it. (except 8 cm diametercompact discs)

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the displaywhen the CD is loaded with the systemon.

DVD OFF function:

It is possible to turn off the INFINITI Mo-bile Entertainment System (MES) from thefront seat. When the ON-OFF switch isturned off when the DVD is being playedfrom the speakers (with DVD displayed),the MES is turned off. (The audio systemwill not turn off. If a CD is loaded, the CDwill be played.) Pushing the CD/REAR AVbutton with no DVD discs loaded will turnon the MES (mute).

The sound resumes when a DVD disc isloaded or another audio source is con-nected to the auxiliary input jacks.

CD CARE AND CLEANING

O Handle a CD by its edges. Never touchthe surface of the disc. Do not bendthe disc.

O Always place the discs in the storagecase when they are not being used.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface fromthe center to the outer edge using aclean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the discusing a circular motion.Do not use a conventional recordcleaner or alcohol intended for indus-trial use.

SAA0451


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O A new disc may be rough on its innerand outer edges. Remove the roughedges using the side of a pen or pen-cil as illustrated.

STEERING SWITCH FOR AUDIOCONTROL (if so equipped)

The audio system can be operated usingthe controls on the steering wheel.

MODE select switch

Push the mode select switch jA to changethe mode in the sequence of PRESET A,PRESET B, PRESET C, INTERNAL CD(CHANGER 1, 2) and TAPE.

This mode switch will not change the DVD(MES).

Volume control switches

Push the volume control switch jB to in-crease or decrease the volume.

Tuning

Memory change (radio):

Push the tuning switch jC orfor less than 1.5 seconds to change

the radio frequency.

Seek tuning (radio):

Push the tuning switch jC orfor more than 1.5 seconds to seek

the next or previous radio station.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APSREW (tape and CD):

Push the tuning switch jC orfor less 1.5 seconds to return to the

beginning of the present program or skipto the next program. Push several timesto skip back or skip through programs.

This system searches for the blank inter-vals between selections. If there is ablank interval within one program or thereis no interval between programs, the sys-tem may not stop in the desired or ex-pected location.

SAA0714A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

FF REW (tape or CD):

Push the tuning switch jC orfor more than 1.5 seconds to rewind

or fast forward the tape or to change theplaying disc up or down.

To stop the FF or REW function, press theor button for less than 1.5 sec-

onds again.

WARNING

O The Mobile Entertainment System(MES) is designed for rear seat passen-ger viewing only.

O The driver must not attempt to operatethe MES while the vehicle is in motionso that full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

CAUTION

O The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if hit with a hard orsharp object. If the glass breaks, donot touch the liquid crystalline mate-rial, which contains a small amount ofmercury. In case of contact with skin,wash immediately with soap and water.

O Use a damp, soft cloth when cleaningthe Mobile Entertainment System com-ponents. Do not use solvents orcleaning solutions.

O Do not attempt to use the system in ex-treme temperature conditions [below−4°F (−20°C) or above 158°F (70°C)].

O To avoid draining the vehicle battery,do not operate the system more than15 minutes without starting the engine.

SAA0716

INFINITI MOBILE ENTERTAINMENTSYSTEM (MES) (if so equipped)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

DIGITAL VIDEO DISC (DVD)PLAYER CONTROLS

The DVD player has the following con-trols:

1. EJECT button

2. DVD slot

3. ENTER button

4. POWER on/off switch

5. MODE button

6. Input jacks

7. STOP button

8. PLAY/PAUSE button

9. MENU button

10.DISPLAY button

11.NAVIGATION KEYS

REMOTE CONTROL

The remote control has the following con-trols:

1. ONzOFF button

SAA0717

SAA0810


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. STOP button

3. NEXT TRACK/CHAPTER and PREVIOUSTRACK/CHAPTER button

4. TITLE button

5. ENTER button

6. DISPLAY button

7. MODE button

8. SUBTITLE button

9. AUDIO button

10.ANGLE button

11.CLEAR button

12.PAUSE button

13.PLAY button

14.FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE button

15.MENU button

16.NAVIGATION KEYS

17.RETURN button

18.NUMERIC KEYPAD REMOTE CONTROL HOLDER

Peel the sheet j1 of the holder off, thenput the remote control holder to the de-sired position in the rear armrest.

1. Wireless remote controller receiver/Wireless headphones transmitter

FLIP-DOWN SCREEN

CAUTION

O The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if hit with a hard orsharp object. If the glass breaks, donot touch the liquid crystalline mate-rial, which contains a small amount ofmercury. In case of contact with skin,

SAA0747

SAA0719A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

wash immediately with soap and water.

O The screen rotates down to view and upinto the housing to store when not inuse. Ensure that the screen is latchedsecurely into the housing when stored.

Headphones

Power ON/OFF:

Push the POWER button to turn the head-phones on or off.

Volume control:

Turn the volume control knob to adjustthe volume.

The headphones will automatically beturned off in 30 seconds if there is nosound during that period. To prevent thebattery from being discharged, keep thepower supply turned off when not in use.

PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC(DVD)

CAUTION

O Only operate the DVD while the vehicleengine is running. Operating the DVDfor extended periods of time with theengine OFF can discharge the vehiclebattery.

O Do not allow the system to get wet. Ex-cessive moisture such as spilled liquids

SAA0720 SAA0721


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

may cause the system to malfunction.

O The driver must not attempt to wear theheadphones while the vehicle is in mo-tion so that full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

O While playing video CD media, this DVDplayer does not guarantee completefunctionality of all video CD formats.

With the DVD player, you can hear DVDvideos, video CDs and CDs using head-phones. Passengers in the rear seat canenjoy the sound independently of thefront seat.

Using the CD/rear AV button located onthe front seat, you can also hear thesound of the DVD player through thespeakers in the vehicle.

It is possible to operate the DVD playerby remote control.

Headphones are a wireless type and nocables are necessary. You can use themin almost all the ranges in the rear seat.(It is not possible to use the headphonesin the front seat.)

POWER on/off button:

With the ignition switch turned to the ACCor ON position, push the POWER button toturn the DVD player on or off.

Insert the compact disc into the slot withthe label side facing up. The digital videodisc will be guided automatically into theslot.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into the slot.This could damage the player.

MODE select switch:

Push the Mode button to selectAudio/Video source between DVD andAUX input (input jacks on the faceplate,Red = right channel audio input, White =left channel audio input, and Yellow =Video input).

The display will show the “AUX” in theupper left corner of the display for 4 sec-onds once the Mode is changed to AUX.

To use the input jacks, refer to “Auxiliaryinput jacks” in this section.

or PLAY:

When the PLAY/PAUSE button on theplayer or the PLAY button on the remotecontrol is pushed, the player will play.

In play mode, the display will showon the upper left corner of the dis-

play.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind) (Remotecontrol only):

Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but-tons to carry out the fast forward or fastreverse presentation at 5 times normalplay speed.

Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but-tons again or PLAY button to resume thenormal play speed.

NEXT CHAPTER/PREVIOUS CHAPTER:

When the (NEXT CHAPTER) button ispushed while the digital video disc is be-ing played, the program next to thepresent one will start to play from its be-ginning. Push several times to skipthrough programs. The digital video discwill advance the number of times the but-ton is pushed. When the (PREVIOUS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHAPTER) button is pushed, the programbeing played returns to its beginning.Push several times to skip back throughprograms. The digital video disc will goback the number of times the button ispushed.

or PAUSE:

When the PLAY/PAUSE button on theplayer or the PAUSE button on the remotecontrol is pushed, the player will pauseplaying of the media. In pause mode, theplayer will show on the upper leftcorner of the display until the player ischanged to another mode.

STOP:

Push the STOP button once to stopplaying the media. The display will show

in the upper left corner of the dis-play for 4 seconds, and the last disc posi-tion will be stored. When the PLAY buttonis pushed again, it will resume at thestored disc track and time position.

If the STOP button is pushed again whenthe player is already in Stop mode, it willreinitialize the pointer to the beginning ofthe disc. In effect it will ignore the laststored disc position and upon receipt ofthe next play message it will begin at the

Title Menu, or at “the beginning of thedisc”.

EJECT:

When the EJECT button is pushed with thedigital video disc loaded, it will beejected.

The display will show the EJECT symbolin the upper left corner of the dis-

play for 4 seconds once the EJECT buttonis pushed.

If the digital video disc is not loaded, thedisplay will show “NO DISC”.

If the digital video disc comes out and isnot removed within 25 seconds, it will bepulled back into the slot to protect it.

DISPLAY:

If the DISPLAY control is pushed for lessthan 2 seconds, the display menu will ap-pear on the screen.

O The display menu will remain on thescreen for 10 seconds if no subse-quent control activations occur.

O Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigatewithin the display menu, and useENTER to select the item.

O Holding the DISPLAY control on the

faceplate for longer than approxi-mately 2 seconds while in the displaymenu will reset the display character-istics to their nominal values. (Face-plate feature only)

If the DISPLAY control button on the face-plate is pushed for more than 2 seconds,the media track/time information will bedisplayed along the bottom of the dis-play. Pushing the DISPLAY control formore than 2 seconds will remove the me-dia track/time information from the dis-play. (Faceplate feature only)

NAVIGATION KEYS:

If media is in PLAY mode, activation ofthe NAVIGATION KEYS (Up, Down, Left,and Right) will perform the following func-tions: next chapter/track, previouschapter/track, fast reverse and fast for-ward, and the display will show ,

and , respectively in theupper left corner of the display for 4 sec-onds. (Faceplate feature only)

If media is in PAUSE mode, activation ofthe NAVIGATION KEYS (Up, down andRight) will perform the following func-tions: next chapter/track, previouschapter/track and slow forward, and thedisplay will show , and re-


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

spectively in the upper left corner of thedisplay for 4 seconds. (Faceplate featureonly)

If media is in activated MENU mode, theNAVIGATION KEYS will be used to navi-gate Up, Down, Left, and Right within themenu.

If display control menu is on, the NAVI-GATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up,Down, Left, and Right within the menu.

ENTER:

In MENU mode, push the ENTER button toselect MENU items.

In the display menu, push the ENTER but-ton to select items for modification, asper the on-screen instructions.

MENU:

If the media is in PLAY mode and theMENU button is pressed, the DVD menuwill appear on the screen. Use NavigationKeys to navigate within the menu, anduse ENTER to select the item.

Push the MENU button again to return toPLAY mode.

TITLE (Remote control only):

Push TITLE button to return the DVD

media to the “title” of the DVD.

Push TITLE button again to return to theprevious stop point and play.

RETURN (Remote control only):

Push RETURN function to exit the currentactive menu and return to the previousmenu.

SUBTITLES (Remote control only):

Push the SUBTITLES button to call-upsubtitle selection menu.

Repeatedly press the SUBTITLE button tocycle through each available subtitle.

AUDIO (Remote control only):

Push the AUDIO button to call-up audiomenu.

Repeatedly press the AUDIO button tocycle through each available audio track.

ANGLE (Remote control only):

Push the ANGLE button to call-up cameraangle menu.

Repeatedly press the ANGLE button tocycle through each available angle.

CLEAR (Remote control only):

Push the CLEAR button to clear all nu-

meric inputs, if actuated prior to expira-tion of the 3-second timer.

NUMERIC KEYPAD (0-9 & ≥10) (Remotecontrol only):

Push the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly ac-cess disc chapters, titles or tracks by in-putting their numeric value.

The “≥10” button input numbers greaterthan or equal to 10, allowing up threedigits to be input for selectingchapter/title/track number.

The subsequent actuation of numeric but-tons will continuously shift the previouslyinput number to the “left”.

The chapter/title/track number will be au-tomatically selected (if valid, based onmedia content) if 3 seconds expirewithout any keypad inputs.

The operator can cancel the inputchapter/title/track number by actuatingthe CLEAR control prior to the expirationof the 3-second timer.

These functions can be used only for theDVD discs which correspond to them.

Auxiliary input jacks

The auxiliary input jacks are located on


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

the control panel. Compatible devicessuch as video games camcorders and por-table video players can be connected tothe auxiliary jacks.

The auxiliary jacks are color coded foridentification purposes.

O Yellow - video input

O White - left channel audio input

O Red - right channel audio input

CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Use a lightly dampened, lint free cloth toclean the surfaces of your Mobile Enter-tainment System. (DVD player face,screen, remote control, etc.)

CAUTION

O Do not use any solvents or cleaning so-lutions when cleaning the videosystem.

O Do not use excessive force on themonitor screen.

O Avoid touching or scratching themonitor screen as it may become dirty

or damaged.

O Do not attempt to operate the systemin extreme temperature conditions [be-low −4°F (−20°C) and above 158°F(70°C)].

O Do not attempt to operate the systemin extreme humidity conditions (lessthan 10% or more than 75%).

CAUTION

O Handle a DVD by its edges. Never touchthe surface of the disc.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface fromthe center to the outer edge using aclean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the discusing a circular motion.

O Do not use a conventional recordcleaner, benzine, thinner or alcohol in-tended for industrial use.

SAA0451

HOW TO HANDLE THE DVD


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O A new disc may be rough on its innerand outer edges. Remove the roughedges using the side of a pen or pencilas illustrated.

O Never attempt to use a DVD that hasbeen cracked, deformed, or repairedusing adhesive. Doing so may causedamage to the equipment.

O Handle the DVD carefully to avoid con-tamination or flaws. Otherwise, sig-nals may not be read properly.

O Do not write, draw or attach anythingon any side of the DVD.

O Do not store the DVD in locations withdirect sunlight or in high temperaturesor humidity.

O Always place discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

O Do not put on any sticker or write any-thing on either surface of the DVD.

Remote control and headphonesbattery replacement

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid.

2. Replace both batteries with new ones.

O Size AA (remote control)

O Size AAA (headphones)

Make sure that the ! and @ ends on thebatteries match the markings inside thecompartment.

3. Close the lid securely.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 3above.

O If you will not be using the remotecontrol for long periods of time, re-move the batteries.

O Replacement of the batteries isneeded when the remote control onlyfunctions at extremely close distances

SAA0722 SAA0723


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

to the MES or not at all.

O Be careful not to touch the batteryterminal.

O An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the remote controland headphones.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

ANTENNA

Placing the antenna

You can adjust the antenna to three dif-ferent positions manually.

INFINITI recommends position j1 for thebest radio reception

Removing the antenna

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna and re-move by turning counterclockwise.

CAUTION

O Be sure that antenna is removed beforethe vehicle enters an automatic carwash.

O Be sure to fold down the antenna be-fore the vehicle enters a garage with alow ceiling.

SAA0748


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your INFINITI, be sure to ob-serve the following cautions, otherwisethe new equipment may adversely affectthe engine control system and other elec-tronic parts.

WARNING

O A cellular telephone should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation. Some juris-dictions prohibit the use of cellulartelephones while driving.

O If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-lar phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended. Ex-ercise extreme caution at all times sofull attention may be given to vehicleoperation.

O If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop yourvehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

O Keep the antenna as far as possibleaway from the electronic control mod-ules.

O Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic con-trol system harnesses. Do not route theantenna wire next to any harness.

O Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

O Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

O For details, consult an INFINITI dealer.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ............. 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) .................. 5-2Three-way catalyst ...................................... 5-3On-pavement and offroad drivingprecautions ................................................ 5-3Low tire pressure warning system............... 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover .................... 5-5Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving............. 5-5Driving safety precautions ......................... 5-5

Ignition switch (except Intelligent Keysystem) ............................................................ 5-8

Key positions .............................................. 5-8INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ......... 5-9

Ignition knob (models with the Intelligent KeySystem)............................................................ 5-9

Ignition knob positions............................. 5-10INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ....... 5-10

Before starting the engine.............................. 5-11Starting the engine ........................................ 5-11Driving the vehicle ......................................... 5-12

Automatic transmission............................. 5-12Parking brake................................................. 5-16Lane departure warning system(if so equipped).............................................. 5-17

Precautions on lane departure warningsystem ...................................................... 5-17Lane departure warning systemoperation .................................................. 5-18

Cruise control................................................. 5-20Precautions on cruise control.................... 5-20Cruise control operations .......................... 5-21

Intelligent cruise control system(if so equipped).............................................. 5-22

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode............................................. 5-23Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode ........................................................ 5-24Precautions on vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode ........................................... 5-24Vehicle-to-vehicle distance modeoperation .................................................. 5-26Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode ........................................................ 5-39Preview function (for Intelligent CruiseControl system equipped models) ............. 5-43

Break-in schedule........................................... 5-43Increasing fuel economy ................................ 5-43AWD warning light.......................................... 5-44

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Parking/parking on hills................................. 5-46Power steering ............................................... 5-47Brake system ................................................. 5-47

Braking precautions .................................. 5-47Brake assist ................................................... 5-48

Brake assist ............................................. 5-48Brake assist (with preview function)(intelligent cruise control system equippedmodel) ...................................................... 5-48Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .................... 5-50

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system............ 5-52Cold weather driving ...................................... 5-53

Freeing a frozen door lock ........................ 5-53Anti-freeze ................................................ 5-53Battery ...................................................... 5-53Draining of coolant water.......................... 5-53Tire equipment.......................................... 5-53Special winter equipment.......................... 5-54Driving on snow or ice .............................. 5-54Engine block heater (if so equipped)......... 5-55

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldalso not be left alone. They could acci-dentally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation of the ve-hicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, tempera-tures in a closed vehicle could quicklybecome high enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people or ani-mals.

O Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. In asudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monoxide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con-

tain colorless and odorless carbon mon-oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness or death.

O If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with all win-dows fully open, and have the vehicleinspected immediately.

O Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

O Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length oftime.

O Keep the back door closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gases couldbe drawn into the passenger compart-ment. If you must drive with the backdoor open, follow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation switch OFFand the fan control at maximum posi-tion to circulate the air.

O If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailer through

the seal on the back door or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommenda-tion to prevent carbon monoxide entryinto the vehicle.

O If a special body, camper or otherequipment is added for recreational orother usage, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle. (Somerecreational vehicle appliances such asstoves, refrigerator, heaters, etc. mayalso generate carbon monoxide.)

O The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passenger compart-ment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system, un-derbody, or rear of the vehicle.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the converter are burnedat high temperatures to help reduce pollut-ants.

WARNING

O The exhaust gas and the exhaust systemare very hot. Keep people, animals orflammable materials away from the ex-haust system components.

O Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam-mable materials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and causea fire.

CAUTION

O Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

O Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctionsin the ignition, fuel injection, or elec-trical systems can cause overrich fuelflow into the three-way catalyst, causingit to overheat. Do not keep driving if theengine misfires, or if noticeable loss ofperformance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have the vehicleinspected promptly by an INFINITIdealer.

O Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could cause theengine to misfire, damaging thethree-way catalyst.

O Do not race the engine while warming itup.

O Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

ON-PAVEMENT ANDOFFROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable of

performing in a variety of on-pavement andoffroad applications. This gives them ahigher center of gravity than ordinary cars.An advantage of higher ground clearance isa better view of the road, allowing you toanticipate problems. However, they are notdesigned for cornering at the same speedsas conventional two-wheel drive vehiclesany more than low-slung sports cars aredesigned to perform satisfactorily under of-froad conditions. If at all possible, avoidsharp turns or abrupt maneuvers particu-larly at high speeds. As with other vehiclesof this type, failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss of control or ve-hicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an un-belted person is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt.

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM

This vehicle is equipped with the low tirepressure warning system. It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit,one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. The system also displayspressure of all tires (except the spare tire)on the display screen by sending a signalfrom a sensor that is installed in eachwheel.

Starting and driving 5-3

Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

The low tire pressure warning system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also,this system may not detect a sudden dropin tire pressure (e.g. a flat tire while driv-ing).

Frequently check the tire pressure infor-mation display on the display screen andadjust pressure of each tire properly. (Theorder of the tire pressure figures dis-played on the screen does not correspondwith the actual order of the tire position.)See “Tire pressure information” in the “4.Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systems” section for tire pres-sure monitor. If you select the tire pres-sure information in the display (if soequipped), the FLAT TIRE warning mes-sage will be displayed.

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure (lower than 26 psi, 180 kPa), thelow tire pressure warning light comes onand the chime sounds for about 10 sec-onds. If you select the tire pressure infor-mation in the display, the FLAT TIREwarning message will be displayed.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning lightcomes ON and/or FLAT TIRE warning isdisplayed on the display screen whiledriving, avoid sudden steering maneu-vers or abrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safe loca-tion and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light OFF. If you have aflat tire, replace it with a spare tire assoon as possible. (See “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section forchanging a flat tire.)

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the tire pressure willnot be indicated and the low tire pres-

sure warning system will not function.Contact an INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.

O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

CAUTION

Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. Thismay cause poor reception of the signalsfrom the tire pressure sensors, and the lowtire pressure warning system will not func-tion properly.

FCC Notice:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe andprudent manner may result in loss of controlor an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-sive speed, high speed cornering, orsudden steering maneuvers, becausethese driving practices could cause you tolose control of your vehicle. As with any ve-hicle, a loss of control could result in a col-lision with other vehicles or objects, orcause the vehicle to rollover, particularly ifthe loss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times,and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol ordrugs (including prescription or over-the-

counter drugs which may cause drowsi-ness). Always wear your seat belt. See“Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section.Also instruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollovercrash, an unbelted or improperly beltedperson is significantly more likely to be in-jured or killed than a person properlywearing a seat belt.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcohol ordrugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reducescoordination, delays reaction time and im-pairs judgment. Driving after drinking al-cohol increases the likelihood of being in-volved in an accident injuring yourself andothers. Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the severity ofthe injury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. Youmust not drive under the influence of al-

cohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol related acci-dents. Although the local laws vary on whatis considered to be legally intoxicated, thefact is that alcohol affects all people differ-ently and most people underestimate theeffects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!

And that’s true for drugs too (over thecounter, prescription, and illegal drugs).Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, orsome other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

O Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicle shouldbe seated with their seat belt fastened.This will keep you and your passengersin position when driving over roughterrain.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Before driving up or down grades,check the road surface for bumps orpotholes. Be sure to climb a gentleslope and descend a gentle slope.

O Do not drive across steep slopes. In-stead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-road ve-hicles can tip over sideways much moreeasily than they can forward or back-ward.

O Many hills are too steep for any ve-hicle. If you drive up them, you maystall. If you drive down them, you maynot be able to control your speed. Ifyou drive across them, you may rollover.

O Do not move the selector lever whiledriving on downhill grades as thiscould cause loss of control of the ve-hicle.

O Be sure to use the engine brake. Thefoot brake performance may be re-duced, resulting in a possible accident.

O Stay alert when driving to the top of a

hill. At the top there could be a drop-offor other hazard that could cause an ac-cident.

O If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill, neverattempt to turn around. Your vehiclecould tip or roll over. Always backstraight down in R (Reverse) range.Never back down in N (Neutral), usingonly the brake, as this could cause lossof control.

O Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat andfade, resulting in loss of control and anaccident. Apply brakes lightly and usea low range to control your speed.

O Unsecured cargo can be thrown aroundwhen driving over rough terrain. Prop-erly secure all cargo so it will not bethrown forward and cause injury to youor your passengers.

O To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if so

equipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in the cargoarea as far forward and as low as pos-sible. Do not equip the vehicle withtires larger than specified in thismanual. This could cause your vehicleto roll over.

O Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move sud-denly and injure your hands. Insteaddrive with your fingers and thumbs onthe outside of the rim.

O Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengers havetheir seat belts fastened.

O Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may become hot.

O Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a higher centerof gravity, your INFINITI is more af-fected by strong side winds. Slowerspeeds ensure better vehicle control.

O Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even with AWD


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

engaged. Accelerating quickly, sharpsteering maneuvers or sudden brakingmay cause loss of control.

O If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at high speeds.Your INFINITI all-wheel drive vehiclehas a higher center of gravity than atwo-wheel drive vehicle. The vehicle isnot designed for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional two-wheel drivevehicles. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss of controland/or a rollover accident.

O Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the rearwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

O Be sure to check the brakes immedi-ately after driving in mud or water. See“Brake system” later in this section for“Wet brakes”.

O Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle and it

rolls forward, backward or sideways,you could be injured.

O Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as thewheel hub, more frequent maintenancemay be required. See the maintenanceschedule in the “INFINITI Service andMaintenance Guide”.

O Do not drive continuously on sandy ormuddy roads with the rear wheels spin-ning. The AWD warning light blinks andthe driving mode changes to 2WD. Thiscould reduce traction force remarkably.Be especially careful when towing atrailer. (AWD models)

O A vehicle equipped with AWD (All-Wheel Drive) should never be testedusing a two wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing), or similarequipment. Make sure you inform testfacility personnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result in transmis-

sion damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

O Never operate the accelerator pedalwith any wheels raised and the otherwheels on the ground while jacking upor with any wheels on a roller and theother wheels on the ground. Otherwise,the vehicle could lurch forward or back-ward. (AWD models)

O When a wheel is off the ground due toan unlevel surface, do not spin thewheel excessively. (AWD models)

O When the vehicle is on a free roller orthe front or rear wheels are jacked up,do not start the engine. The vehiclecould lurch forward. (AWD models)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The ignition lock is designed so that thekey cannot be turned to LOCK and re-moved until the selector lever is moved tothe P (Park) position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the selector lever is in the P(Park) position.

If the selector lever is not returned to P(Park) position, the key cannot be movedtoward LOCK.

When the key cannot be turned towardthe LOCK position, proceed as follows toremove the key:

1. Move the selector lever into the P(Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK posi-tion.

4. Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignitionswitch, the selector lever cannot bemoved from P (Park) position. The se-lector lever can be moved if the ignitionswitch is in the ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed.

There is an OFF position in between LOCKand ACC, although it does not show onthe lock cylinder. When the ignition is inOFF the steering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to belocked, it must be turned about 1/6 of aturn clockwise from the straight up posi-tion.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the keyto the LOCK position. Remove the key. Tounlock the steering wheel, insert the keyand turn it gently while rotating thesteering wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to the LOCKposition while driving. The steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle and could result inserious vehicle damage or personal injury.

KEY POSITIONS

The switch includes an anti-theft steeringlock device.

LOCK (Normal parking position) (0)

The ignition key can only be removedwhen the switch is in this position.

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off withoutlocking the steering wheel.

The ignition lock is designed so that thekey cannot be turned to LOCK and re-moved until the selector lever is moved tothe P (Park) position.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accesso-

SSD0083F

IGNITION SWITCH (except IntelligentKey system)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ries such as the radio when the engine isnot running.

ON (Normal operating position) (3)

This position turns on the ignition systemand the electrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor,starting the engine.


The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System key.

If the engine fails to start using the regis-tered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key, it may be due to interferencecaused by another INFINITI Vehicle Im-mobilizer System key, an automated tollroad device or an automated payment de-vice on the key ring. Restart the engineusing the following procedures:


2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or

LOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.


4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-tered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key.

If this procedure allows the engine tostart, INFINITI recommends placing theregistered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key on a separate key ring toavoid interference from other devices.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition knob cannot be turned to LOCKand removed until the selector lever ismoved to the P (Park) position.

When turning the ignition knob, makesure the selector lever is in the P position.

If the selector lever is not returned to theP position, the ignition knob cannot bemoved toward LOCK.

When the ignition knob cannot be turnedtoward the LOCK position while keepingthe Intelligent Key, proceed as follows:

SPA1628

IGNITION KNOB (models with theIntelligent Key System)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Move the selector lever into the P po-sition.

2. Turn the ignition knob slightly in theON direction.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK posi-tion.

The selector lever can be moved from Pposition if the ignition knob is in the ONposition and the foot brake pedal is de-pressed.

There is an OFF position in between LOCKand ACC, although it does not show onthe lock cylinder. When the ignition is inOFF the steering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to belocked, it must be turned about 1/6 of aturn counterclockwise from the straightup position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the igni-tion knob to the LOCK position. To unlockthe steering wheel, push the ignitionknob in and turn it gently while rotatingthe steering wheel slightly right and left.

If the battery of the vehicle equippedwith the Intelligent Key system is dis-charged, the ignition knob cannot beturned from the LOCK position, even

using the mechanical key or valet key.

WARNING

Never turn the ignition knob to the LOCKposition while driving. The steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle and could result inserious vehicle damage or personal injury.

IGNITION KNOB POSITIONS

Push in the ignition knob to the jB rangewhen you turn it.

LOCK (Normal parking position):

The ignition knob can only be locked inthe jA position.

The ignition knob will be unlocked whenit is pushed in, and turned to the ACC po-sition jD while carrying the IntelligentKey.

ACC (Accessories) jD :

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio, when the engine isnot running.

ON (Normal operating position) jE :

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

START jF :

This position starts the engine. As soonas the engine has started, release theknob immediately. It will automatically re-turn to the ON position.

For important safety information, see “Ig-nition switch” in the “Starting anddriving” section.

The ignition knob cannot be turned backto the LOCK position unless the shift leveris in P position. (It can be turned to onlyjC .)

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionknob in ACC or ON positions when the en-gine is not running for an extended period.This can discharge the battery.


The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

will not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System key.

If the engine fails to start using the regis-tered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key, it may be due to interferencecaused by another INFINITI Vehicle Im-mobilizer System key, an automated tollroad device or an automated payment de-vice on the key ring. Restart the engineusing the following procedures:


2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.


4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-tered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key.

If this procedure allows the engine tostart, INFINITI recommends placing theregistered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key on a separate key ring toavoid interference from other devices.

O Make sure the area around the vehicleis clear.

O Maintenance items should be checkedperiodically, e.g., each time you checkengine oil.

O Check that all windows and lights areclean.

O Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also, check tiresfor proper inflation.

O Lock all doors.

O Position seat and adjust head re-straints.

O Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

O Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

O Check the operation of warning lightswhen key is turned to the ON (3) posi-tion.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). (P preferred.)

The starter is designed not to operate ifthe selector lever is in one of the drivingpositions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot offthe accelerator pedal by turning theignition key to START. Release the keywhen the engine starts. If the enginestarts, but fails to run, repeat theabove procedure.

O If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the accelerator pedala little (approximately 1/3 to the floor)and hold it then crank the engine. Re-lease the key and the acceleratorpedal when the engine starts.

O If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Crank the engine for 5 to6 seconds. After cranking the engine,release the accelerator pedal. Crankthe engine with your foot off the ac-celerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

the engine starts. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the above pro-cedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than 15seconds at a time. If the engine does notstart, turn the key off and wait 10 secondsbefore cranking again, otherwise thestarter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather.

In cold weather, keep the engine run-ning for a minimum of 2 to 3 minutesbefore shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short pe-riod of time may make the vehiclemore difficult to start.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

5-speed automatic transmission

The automatic transmission in your ve-hicle is electronically controlled by atransmission control module to producemaximum power and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the rec-ommended operating procedures for thistransmission. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance anddriving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the selector le-ver button before shifting the selectorlever to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D(Drive) or Manual shift mode position. Besure the vehicle is fully stopped before at-tempting to shift the selector lever.

This automatic transmission model is de-signed so that the foot brake pedal mustbe depressed before shifting from P(Park) to any drive position while the ig-nition switch is ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) position and into any of theother gear positions if the ignition key is

turned to the LOCK, OFF or ACC positionor if the key is removed from the switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand push the selector lever button toshift into a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehiclein motion.

WARNING

O Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or manualshift mode. Always depress the brakepedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

O Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

O On slippery roads, do not downshift.This may cause a loss of control.

O Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

while the vehicle is moving forward.Never shift to P (Park) or D (Drive) whilethe vehicle is moving rearward. Thesecould cause an accident.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by de-pressing the accelerator pedal. The footbrake should be used for this purpose.

To move the selector lever,

: Push the button while depressingthe brake pedal,

: Push the button,: Just move the selector lever.

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the selector leverfrom P (Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D(Drive), or Manual shift mode position.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can be se-lected without pushing the button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engine isnot running. Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personal injuryor property damage.

If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for anyreason while the vehicle is in R (Reverse),N (Neutral), or any D (Drive) position, thekey cannot be turned to LOCK and be re-moved from the ignition switch. Move theselector lever to P (Park) position, thenthe key can be turned to LOCK.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicleis parked or when starting the engine.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped. The brake pedal must be de-pressed and the selector lever buttonpushed in to move the selector lever fromN (Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park).Apply the parking brake. When parking ona hill, apply the parking brake first, thenmove the lever to the P (Park) position.

SSD0320A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always besure the vehicle is completely stopped be-fore selecting R (Reverse). The brakepedal must be depressed and the se-lector lever button pushed in to move theselector lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) orany drive position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicleis moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

Manual shift mode

When the selector lever is shifted from Dto the manual shift gate with the vehicle

stopped or while driving, the transmissionenters the manual shift mode. Shift rangecan be selected manually.

In the manual shift mode, the shift rangeis displayed on the position indicator inthe meter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

M1→← M2

→← M3

→← M4

→← M5

M5 (5th):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

M4 (4th):

For driving up or down long slopes whereengine braking would be advantageous.

M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

M1 (1st):

Use this position when climbing steephills slowly or driving slowly throughdeep snow, sand or mud, or for maximumengine braking on steep downhill grades.

O Remember not to drive at high speedsfor extended periods of time in lower

than M4 range. This reduces fueleconomy.

O When shifting up, move the selectorlever to the + (up) side. (Shifts tohigher range.)

O When shifting down, move the se-lector lever to the − (down) side.(Shifts to lower range.)

O Moving the selector lever to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in suc-cession. However, if this motion israpidly done, the second shifting maynot be completed properly.

O In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission automatically shifts down to1st gear before the vehicle comes to astop. When accelerating again, it isnecessary to shift up to the desiredrange.

O When canceling the manual shiftmode, return the selector lever to theD position. The transmission returnsto the normal driving mode.

O In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission may not shift to the selectedgear. This helps maintain driving per-formance and reduces the chance ofvehicle damage or loss of control.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Accelerator downshift— In D position —

For passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. Thisshifts the transmission down into thelower gear, depending on the vehiclespeed.

Fail-safe

When the fail-safe operation occurs, thenext time the key is turned to the ON po-sition, the light will blink for ap-proximately 8 seconds after coming on for2 seconds. While the vehicle can bedriven under these circumstances pleasenote that the gears in the automatictransmission will be locked in 4th gear.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. Thiswill occur even if all electrical circuits arefunctioning properly. In this case, turnthe ignition key OFF and wait for 3 sec-onds. Then turn the key back to the ONposition. The vehicle should return to itsnormal operating condition. If it does notreturn to its normal operating condition,have an INFINITI dealer check the trans-

mission and repair if necessary.

Shift lock release

If the battery charge is low or discharged,the selector lever may not be moved fromthe P (Park) position even with the brakepedal depressed.

To move the selector lever, apply theparking brake, depress the brake pedal,and push the shift lock release button.The selector lever can be moved to N(Neutral). This allows the vehicle to bemoved if the battery is discharged.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P(Park), have an INFINITI dealer check the

SSD0321


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

automatic transmission system as soonas possible.

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal jA .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Depress the parking brake pedal jA

and the parking brake will be re-leased.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarning light goes out.

WARNING

O Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

O Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

O Do not use the gear shift in place of theparking brake. When parking, be surethe parking brake is fully engaged.

O Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the parkingbrake and cause an accident.

SPA1286D

PARKING BRAKE


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) systemwarns the driver when the vehicle is travel-ing close to either the left or the right of atraveling lane with detectable lanemarkers. The system monitors lanemarkers of the traveling lane using thecamera unit j1 located inside the maplight cover.

When the camera unit detects that the ve-hicle is traveling close to either the left orthe right of the traveling lane, the LDW indi-cator j2 on the instrument panel flashesand a chime sounds to alert the driver.

The LDW system can be turned on or off

by pushing the LDW switch j3 . When thesystem is on, the LDW system ON indicatorj4 illuminates.

PRECAUTIONS ON LANEDEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM

WARNING

O This system is only a warning device toinform the driver of an unintended lanedeparture. It will not steer the vehicle orprevent loss of control. It is the driv-

er’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely, keep the vehicle in the travelinglane, and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

O The system will not operate at speedsbelow 45 MPH or if it cannot detect lanemarkers.

O The system may not function properlyunder the following conditions:

- On roads where the lane markers arefaded or are not painted clearly.

- On roads where the lane markers arepainted yellow.

- On roads where water, dirt or snow iscovering the lane markers.

O The system may not monitor the lanemarkers in certain road, weather ordriving conditions.

- On roads where there are sharpcurves.

- Where the traveling lane merges orseparates.

SSD0409 SSD0410

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM(if so equipped)


Z 04.9.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

- On roads where the discontinued lanemarkers are present, such as near toll-gates.

- On roads where there are no generallane markers.

- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.).

- When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle in thecamera.

- When entering or exiting a tunnelwhere a sudden change in brightnessoccurs.

- When traveling close to the vehicle infront of you, which obstructs thecamera detection range.

- When the vehicle’s traveling directiondoes not align with the lane marker.

- When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thewindshield in front of the LDW camera.

O If the lane departure warning systemmalfunctions, it will sound a chime andcancel automatically. The LDW indicatorlight in the instrument panel will then il-luminate (orange).

O If the LDW indicator light illuminates (or-ange), park the vehicle in a safe place.Turn the engine off and re-start the en-gine. If the LDW indicator light continuesto illuminate, have the system checkedby an INFINITI dealer.

O Excessive noise will interfere withwarning system chime sound and thechime may not be heard. LANE DEPARTURE WARNING

SYSTEM OPERATION

The LDW system has an automatic modeand manual mode.

In the automatic mode, the LDW systemautomatically turns on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position. TheLDW system ON indicator j2 located on theLDW switch j1 illuminates, indicating thatthe system is on.

To cancel the LDW system, push the LDWswitch j1 to turn off the LDW system ON in-dicator j2 . To turn on the system, push

SIC2554


Z 04.9.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

the LDW switch j1 again.

In the manual mode, the LDW system willbe off when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position. The LDW switch must bepushed to turn on the system.

To change modes, push and hold the LDWswitch j1 for more than 4 seconds whenthe LDW system ON indicator j2 is off. Achime will sound and blinking of the LDWsystem indicator indicates that the modechange has been completed.

When the vehicle approaches either the leftor the right of the traveling lane whiledriving over 45 MPH (72 km/h), the LDW in-dicator j3 on the instrument panel flashesand a chime sounds to alert the driver.

When you use the lane change signal andchange your traveling lane, the LDWsystem will enter the standby mode untilthe lane change is completed. Once the ve-hicle completes the lane change and thecamera detects lane markers, the LDW sys-tem starts again to monitor lane markers.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less than45 MPH (72 km/h), the LDW system enters

standby mode. When the vehicle speed in-creases to more than 45 MPH (72 km/h)again, the LDW system activates.

Temporary disabled status at hightemperature

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)) and thenstarted, the lane departure warning systemmay sound a chime and cancel automati-cally. The LDW switch ON indicator willblink.

When the interior temperature is reduced,the system will again operate automati-cally and the LDW switch ON indicator illu-minates.

SSD0411


Z 04.9.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

Lane Departure Warning cameraunit maintenance

The LDW camera unit j1 for the LDW sys-tem is located inside the map light cover.

To keep the LDW system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:

O Always keep the windshield clean. Thesensing capability of the camera unitdepends on the condition of the wind-shield. See “Appearance and care” forcleaning instruction.

O Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touch

the camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. Doing socould cause failure or malfunction. Ifthe camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, contact an INFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install an ac-cessory near the camera unit. Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

O Do not place reflective materials, suchas a white paper or mirrors on the in-strument panel. Reflection of the sun-light may adversely affect the cameraunit’s lane marker detection capa-bility.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

O it is not possible to keep the vehicle ata set speed.

O in heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed.

O on winding or hilly roads.

O on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

O in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con-trol and result in an accident.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

O If the cruise control system malfunc-tions, it cancels automatically. TheSET indicator light on the meter panelthen blinks to warn the driver.

O If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruisecontrol system will be canceled auto-matically.

SSD0412

CRUISE CONTROL


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O If the SET indicator light blinks, turnthe cruise control main switch off andhave the system checked by anINFINITI dealer.

O The SET indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control main switch isturned on while pushing theRESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST, orCANCEL switch (located on thesteering wheel). To properly set thecruise control system, perform thepreceding steps in the order indicated.

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

2. SET/COAST switch

3. MAIN (ONzOFF) switch

4. CANCEL switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at aspeed between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144km/h) without keeping your foot on theaccelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push themain switch on. The CRUISE indicatorlight on the meter panel will come on.

To set at cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (TheSET indicator light will come on.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, drive withoutthe cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow eitherof these three methods:

a) Push the cancel switch; The SET indi-cator light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal; The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicatorlights will go out.

O If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE setswitch and reset at the cruising speed,turn the main switch off once and thenturn it on again.

SSD0279


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The cruise control will automaticallybe cancelled if the vehicle slows downbelow approximately 8 MPH (13km/h).

O Move the selector lever to N (Neutral)position. The SET indicator light willgo out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

b) Push and hold theRESUME/ACCELERATE set switch.When the vehicle attains the speedyou desire, release the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE set switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed will in-crease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed,push the SET/COAST switch and re-lease it.

b) Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST switch. Each time you do this,the set speed will decrease by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RESUME/ACCELERATE setswitch. The vehicle will resume the lastset cruising speed when the vehiclespeed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system automatically maintains a se-lected distance from the vehicle travelingin front of you according to that vehicle’sspeed (up to the set speed), or at the setspeed when the road ahead is clear.

The ICC function can be set to one of twocruise control modes:

O Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode:

For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you up to the preset speed.

O Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode:

For cruising at a preset speed.

WARNING

O Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using either cruise control mode.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using thecruise control. To avoid serious injuryor death, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control the ve-

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM(if so equipped)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

hicle’s speed in emergency situations.Do not use cruise control except in ap-propriate road and traffic conditions.

O In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning buzzer will notsound to warn you if you are too closeto the vehicle ahead. Pay special atten-tion to the distance between your ve-hicle and the vehicle ahead of you or acollision could occur.

1. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode

2. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode

Push the MAIN switch jA to choose thecruise control mode between j1 thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeand j2 the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode.

Always confirm the setting in the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system display.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see the following description. For

the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode, see page 5-40.

SELECTING THEVEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode j1 , quickly push and re-lease the MAIN switch jA .

Once a control mode is activated, itcannot be changed to the other cruisecontrol mode. To change the mode, pushthe MAIN switch once to turn the systemoff. Then push the MAIN switch again to

SSD0334A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

turn the system back on and select thedesired cruise control mode.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system automatically maintains a se-lected distance from the vehicle travelingin front of you according to that vehicle’sspeed (up to the set speed), or at the setspeed when the road ahead is clear.

With ICC, the driver can maintain thesame speed as other vehicles without theconstant need to adjust the set speed asyou would with a normal cruise controlsystem.

PRECAUTIONS ONVEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

The system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane and di-rection.

If the distance sensor jA detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system will re-duce the vehicle speed so that your ve-hicle follows the vehicle in front at the se-lected distance.

The system automatically controls the

throttle and applies the brakes (up to25% of vehicle braking power) if neces-sary.

The detection range of the sensor is ap-proximately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

WARNING

O This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

O The system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads withlight traffic. It is not advisable to usethe system in city traffic or congestedareas.

O This system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowingtraffic. Do not use the system on roadswith sharp curves, or on icy roads, inheavy rain or in fog.

SSD0315A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The distance sensor will not detect undermost conditions:

O Stationary and slow moving vehicles

O Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

O Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

O Motorcycles traveling offset in thetravel lane

This system will not automatically brakethe vehicle to a stop.

WARNING

O As there is a performance limit to the dis-tance control function, never rely solelyon the Intelligent Cruise Control system.This system does not correct careless, in-attentive or absent-minded driving, orovercome poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Decelerate the ve-hicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance to thevehicle ahead and the surrounding cir-cumstances in order to maintain a safedistance between vehicles.

O Although the brake operation is con-trolled by the system, the system doesnot automatically stop the vehicle. If thevehicle speed falls below approximately20 MPH (32 km/h), the Intelligent CruiseControl system is automatically canceledand a warning chime sounds. (The brakecontrol is also canceled.)

O The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe Intelligent Cruise Control system un-der the following conditions:

— On roads where the traffic is heavy orthere are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such as onice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

• When the windshield wiper is oper-ated at the low speed (LO) or highspeed (HI) position, the IntelligentCruise Control system is

automatically canceled.

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thesystem sensor

— On steep downhill roads (the vehiclemay go beyond the set vehicle speedand frequent braking may result inoverheating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhill roads

— When traffic conditions make it diffi-cult to keep a proper distance betweenvehicles because of frequent accelera-tion or deceleration

O Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem if you are towing a trailer. Thesystem may not detect a vehicle ahead.

O In some road or traffic conditions, a ve-hicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

cause automatic braking. You may needto control the distance from other ve-hicles using the accelerator pedal. Al-ways stay alert and avoid using the ICCsystem when it is not recommended inthis section.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCEMODE OPERATION

Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manually con-trol the proper following distance. Thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ofthe Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemmay not be able to maintain the selecteddistance between vehicles (following dis-tance) or selected vehicle speed undersome circumstances.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode uses a sensor jA located on the frontof the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling

ahead. The sensor generally detects thesignals returned from the reflectors on avehicle ahead. Therefore, if the sensor can-not detect the reflector on the vehicleahead, the ICC system may not maintainthe selected distance.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

O When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis positioned high on the vehicle(trailer, etc.)

O When the reflector on the vehicle aheadis missing, damaged or covered

O When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis covered with dirt, snow and roadspray

O When the snow or road spray from trav-eling vehicles reduces the sensor’s vis-ibility

O When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe sensor’s visibility

O When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the trunk ofyour vehicle

SSD0315A


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When your vehicle is towing a trailer,etc.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation. Whenthe sensor is covered with dirt or obstruc-tions, the system will automatically becanceled. If the sensor is covered withice, a transparent or translucent vinylbag, etc., the ICC system may not detectthem. In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may notcancel and may not be able to maintainthe selected following distance from thevehicle ahead. Be sure to check and cleanthe sensor regularly.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to matchthe slower vehicle ahead; the system willdecelerate the vehicle as necessary. How-ever, the ICC system can only apply up to25% of the vehicles total braking power.This system should only be used whentraffic conditions allow vehicle speeds toremain fairly constant or when vehiclespeeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or ifa vehicle traveling ahead rapidly deceler-ates, the distance between vehicles maybecome closer because the ICC system

cannot decelerate the vehicle quicklyenough. If this occurs, the ICC systemwill sound a warning chime and blink thesystem display to notify the driver to takenecessary action.

The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed falls belowapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h). Thesystem will also disengage below the 20MPH (32 km/h) cut-off speed or over themaximum set speed.

Refer to “Approach warning” later in thissection.

The following items are controlled whenthe selector lever is in the D (Drive) posi-tion and the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode is selected:

O When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 25 and 90MPH (40 and 144 km/h).

O When there is a vehicle travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected bydriver, from the vehicle ahead. The ad-

justing speed range is between ap-proximately 20 MPH (32 km/h) and upto the set speed.

O When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode accelerates and maintains ve-hicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates ortraffic congestion.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The detection zone of the ICC sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the center-line of the lane. A vehicle that is enteringthe lane ahead may not be detected untilthe vehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the ICC system maywarn you by blinking the system indi-

cator and sounding the chime. The drivermay have to manually control the properdistance away from vehicle travelingahead.

SSD0252


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theICC sensor may detect vehicles in a dif-ferent lane, or may temporarily not detecta vehicle traveling ahead. This may causethe ICC system to decelerate or accel-erate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-neuver or traveling position in the lane,etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs,the ICC system may warn you by blinkingthe system indicator and sounding thechime unexpectedly. You will have to

manually control the proper distanceaway from the vehicle traveling ahead.

When driving on the freeway at a setspeed and approaching a slower travelingvehicle ahead, the ICC will adjust thespeed to maintain the distance, selectedby the driver, from the vehicle ahead. Ifthe vehicle ahead changes lanes or exitsthe freeway, the ICC system will accel-erate and maintain the speed up to theset speed. Pay attention to the driving op-eration to maintain control of the vehicleas it accelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thisoccurs, you will have to manually controlthe vehicle speed.

SSD0253 SSD0254


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Intelligent cruise control switch

The system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. MAIN switch:Master switch to activate the system

2. SET/COAST switch:Sets desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

4. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system withouterasing the set speed.

5. DISTANCE switch:Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:O LongO MiddleO Short

Intelligent cruise control systemdisplay

The display is located under the tachom-eter.

1. MAIN switch indicator light (Green)

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

Indicates whether it detects a vehiclein front of you.

3. Set distance indicator

Displays the selected distance be-

SSD0316A SSD0325A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

tween vehicles set with the DISTANCEswitch.

4. Indicates your vehicle

5. Intelligent Cruise Control systemwarning light (Orange)

The light comes on if there is a mal-function in the ICC system.

6. Set vehicle speed indicator

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed isdisplayed in km/h.

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the display j1 comes on as illustrated tocheck for a burned-out bulb, and it turnsoff when the engine is started.

Operating vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode

To turn on the cruise control, quicklypush and release the MAIN switch jA on.The cruise indicator light, set distance in-dicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on and in a standby state for set-ting.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-

SSD0406 SSD0317A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

trol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF switch isoff when not using the Intelligent CruiseControl.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distance in-dicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on.) Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

The Intelligent Cruise Control systemcannot be set under the following condi-tions even if the SET/COAST switch ispushed.

O When traveling outside the 25 to 90MPH (40 to 144 km/h) speed range

O When the selector lever is not in the D(Drive) position, including the manualshift mode

O While the brakes are applied by thedriver

O When pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch without a set speedin memory

O When the windshield wipers are oper-ating at low speed (LO) or high speed(HI)

O When the parking brake is applied

O When the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system is switched off

SSD0318


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. System set display with vehicle ahead2. System set display without vehicle

ahead

System operation

WARNING

Normally when controlling the distance to avehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.Depress the accelerator to properly accel-

erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-quired for a lane change. Depress the brakepedal when deceleration is required tomaintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to its sudden braking or if a ve-hicle cuts in. Always stay alert when usingthe ICC system.

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as long

as no vehicle is detected in the laneahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-hicle by controlling the throttle and ap-plying the brakes to match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintainthe driver selected distance.

The stoplights of the vehicle come on andthe brake pedal depresses when brakingis performed by the ICC system.

CAUTION

Never place your foot under the brakepedal when the brake is operated by theIntelligent Cruise Control system. You mayget your foot caught in the pedal.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

SSD0327A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turnsoff.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accel-eration to the set vehicle speed or anytime the ICC system is in operation, thesystem controls the distance to that ve-hicle.

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when the ve-hicle speed exceeds the set speed. Thevehicle detect indicator will turn off whenthe area ahead of the vehicle is open.When the pedal is released, the vehiclewill return to the previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set inthe ICC system, you can depress the ac-celerator pedal when it is necessary to ac-celerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeed

To cancel the preset speed, use any ofthese methods:

O Push the CANCEL switch. The set ve-hicle speed indicator will go out.

O Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

O Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theON/OFF switch indicator and set ve-hicle speed indicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

O Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

O Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. The set vehiclespeed will increase by approximately5 MPH (5 km/h for Canada).

O Push, then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed will in-crease by approximately 1 MPH (1km/h for Canada).

SSD0328


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

O Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed,push the SET/COAST switch and re-lease it.

O Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h forCanada).

O Push, then quickly release theSET/COAST switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will decrease byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h forCanada).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruis-ing speed when the vehicle speed is over25 MPH (40 km/h).

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on thetraffic conditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch jA ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to longagain in that sequence.

SSD0319A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, thelonger the distance.

O If the engine is stopped, the set dis-tance becomes “long”. (Each time the

engine is started, the initial setting be-comes “long”.)

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-

hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by de-pressing the brake pedal to maintain a safevehicle distance if:

• The chime sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance be-tween vehicles. Some examples are:

O When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

O When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing

O When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed, overriding the system

O When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound whenyour vehicle approaches vehicles that areparked or moving slowly.

SSD0329


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe ICC sensor detects some reflectors jA

which are fitted on vehicles in other lanesor on the side of the road. This may causethe ICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle. The ICC sensor may detectthese reflectors when the vehicle is drivenon winding roads, hilly roads or when en-tering or exiting a curve. The ICC sensormay also detect reflectors on narrow roadsor in road construction zones. In thesecases you will have to manually control theproper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic or ve-hicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed.

O When the vehicle speed falls below ap-proximately 20 MPH (32 km/h)

O When the selector lever is shifted to aposition other than D (Drive), includingthe manual shift mode

O When the windshield wipers are oper-ated at low speed (LO) or high speed(HI)


O When the VDC is turned off

O When the VDC operates

Warning light and display

Condition A

The chime sounds and the IntelligentCruise Control system is canceled auto-matically in the conditions describedbelow. Part of the system display will comeon or blink, making it impossible to set.

O When the VDC is turned off

O When the VDC operates

O When a tire slips

SSD0284A SSD0330


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When strong light (sunlight, etc.) is di-rectly shining on the front of the ve-hicle

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe Intelligent Cruise Control MAINSwitch. Turn the ICC system back on touse the system.

Condition B

When the sensor window is dirty, makingit impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the ICC system is automatically canceled.

The chime sounds and the systemwarning light (Orange) will come on andthe set distance indicators will blink.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place, turn the engineoff. Clean the sensor window with a softcloth and then perform the settings again.

Condition C

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and thesystem warning light (Orange) will comeon.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engineoff, restart the engine, resume driving andset the ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system orthe indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning. Al-

SSD0331 SSD0332


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

though the vehicle is still driveable undernormal conditions, have the vehiclechecked at an INFINITI dealer.

Sensor maintenance

The sensor for the ICC system jA is lo-cated below the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:

O Always keep the sensor clean. Wipewith a soft cloth carefully so as not todamage the sensor.

O Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor. Do not touch or re-move the screw located on the sensor.Doing so could cause a failure or mal-function. If the sensor is damaged

due to an accident, contact anINFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install an ac-cessory near the sensor. This couldcause a failure or malfunction.

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

This mode allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

WARNING

O In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime doesnot sound to warn you if you are tooclose to the vehicle ahead, as neitherthe presence of the vehicle ahead northe vehicle-to-vehicle distance is de-tected.

O Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision could occur.

SSD0315A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Always confirm the setting in the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system display.

O Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode when drivingunder the following conditions:

- when it is not possible to keep the ve-hicle at a set speed

- in heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed

- on winding or hilly roads

- on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

- in very windy area.

O Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and switch

The display is located under the tachom-eter.

1. MAIN switch:Master switch to activate the system

2. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. SET/COAST switch:Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

5. MAIN switch indicator light:Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

6. Cruise set switch indicator light:The light comes on while the vehiclespeed is controlled by the conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode of theICC system.

7. Intelligent cruise control systemwarning light:The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the cruise control system.SSD0407


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theMAIN switch jA for longer than about 1.5seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, theIntelligent Cruise Control system displayand the CRUISE indicator light (Green) inthe instrument cluster come on. After youhold the MAIN switch on for longer thanabout 1.5 seconds, the Intelligent CruiseControl system display goes out. TheCRUISE indicator stays lit. You can now

set your desired cruising speed. Pushingthe MAIN switch again will turn thesystem completely off.

When the ignition switch is turned off, thesystem is also automatically turned off.To use the Intelligent Cruise Controlagain, quickly push and release the MAINswitch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode) or push and hold it (conventionalcruise control mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF switchoff when not using the Intelligent CruiseControl.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (TheSET indicator light will come on.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually main-tain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any ofthe following methods:

a) Push the CANCEL button. The SET indi-cator light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicatorlights will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

b) Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE set switch. When the ve-hicle attains the speed you desire, re-lease the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed will in-crease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

SSD0408


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET/COAST switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release theSET/COAST switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will decrease byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 25MPH (40 km/h).

Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed.

O When the vehicle slows down morethan 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the setspeed

O When the vehicle speed falls below ap-proximately 20 MPH (32 km/h)

O When the selector lever is shifted to aposition other than D (Drive), includingthe manual shift mode


O When the VDC operates (except ABS,which is functional with ICC system op-eration)

Warning light

When the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the system warninglight (Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the ve-hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, re-start the engine, resume driving and thenperform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle isstill driveable under normal conditions,

SSD0332


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

have the vehicle checked at an INFINITIdealer.

PREVIEW FUNCTION (forIntelligent Cruise Control systemequipped models)

The ICC system with the preview functionidentifies the need to apply emergencybraking by sensing the vehicle ahead inthe same lane and the distance to the ve-hicle ahead and relative speed from it, itapplies the brake pre-pressure before thedriver depresses the brake pedal andhelps improve brake response by re-ducing pedal free play.

For more details, refer to “Brake assist(with preview function)” later in this sec-tion.

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle. Failure to follow these recom-mendations may result in shortened enginelife and reduced engine performance.

O Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow. Donot run the engine over 4,000 rpm.

O Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

O Avoid quick starts.

O Avoid hard braking as much as pos-sible.

O Do not tow a trailer for the first 500miles (805 km).

O Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Main-tain cruising speeds with a constantaccelerator position.

O Drive at moderate speeds on the high-way. Driving at high speed will lowerfuel economy.

O Avoid unnecessary stopping and brak-ing. Maintain a safe distance behindother vehicles.

O Use a proper gear range which suitsroad conditions. On level roads, shiftinto high gear as soon as possible.

O Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

O Keep your engine tuned up.

O Follow the recommended periodicmaintenance schedule.

O Keep the tires inflated at the correctpressure. Low pressure will increasetire wear and waste fuel.

O Keep the front wheels in correct align-ment. Improper alignment will causenot only tire wear but also lower fueleconomy.

O Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner onlywhen necessary.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air condi-tioner and leave the windows closedto reduce drag.

The AWD warning light is located in themeter.

The AWD warning light comes on whenthe key switch is turned to ON. It turns offsoon after the engine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD sys-tem, the warning light comes on while en-gine is running.

The warning light may blink rapidly (abouttwice per second) while trying to free astuck vehicle due to high power train oiltemperature. The driving mode maychange to 2 wheel drive. If the warninglight blinks rapidly, stop the vehicle withthe engine idling in a safe place immedi-ately. Then if the light goes off after awhile, you can continue driving.

A large difference between the diametersof front and rear wheels will make thewarning light blink slowly (about once pertwo seconds). Pull off the road in a safearea, and idle the engine. Check that alltire sizes are the same, tire pressure iscorrect and tires are not worn.

If the warning light is blinking after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible.SSD0336

AWD WARNING LIGHT


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Do not place an AWD equipped vehicleon a two wheel dynamometer or raisetwo wheels off the ground and shift thetransmission to any D (drive) or R (re-verse) position. Doing so may result intransmission damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personal in-jury.

O Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle with two wheels on atwo wheel dynamometer and the othertwo wheels raised. Doing so may resultin transmission damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personal in-jury.

O If the warning light comes on whiledriving, there may be a malfunction inthe AWD system. Reduce the vehiclespeed and have your vehicle checkedby an INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible.

O If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soonas possible.

O The power train may be damaged if youcontinue driving with the warning lightblinking rapidly.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

O Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

O Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

O Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park) forautomatic transmission models. Failureto do so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away and re-sult in an accident.

O Make sure the automatic transmissionselector lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the button

at the end of the lever.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle fromrolling into the street when parked ona sloping drive way, it is a good prac-tice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

O HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: j1

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

O HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: j2

Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

O HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: j3

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move awayfrom the center of the road if it moves.

SD1006MA

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the key (if ametal key is used).

The power assisted steering is designedto use a hydraulic pump, driven by theengine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive beltbreaks, you will still have control of thevehicle. However, much greater steeringeffort is needed, especially in sharp turnsor at low speeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will bemuch harder to operate.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc-tions, you will still have braking at twowheels.

Vacuum assisted brake

The brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be requiredto stop the vehicle and the stopping dis-tance will be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet.As a result, your braking distance will belonger and the vehicle may pull to oneside during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brakepedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until thebrakes function correctly.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

while driving. This overheats the brakes,increases wear on the brakes and pads,and reduces gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reducespeed and downshift to a lower gear be-fore going down a slope or long grade.Overheated brakes may reduce brakingperformance and could result in loss ofvehicle control.

WARNING

O While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

O If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe brakes will not work. Braking willbe harder.

BRAKE ASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assistis activated generating a greater brakingforce than a conventional brake boostereven with light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is the driv-er’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at all times.

BRAKE ASSIST (WITH PREVIEWFUNCTION) (Intelligent CruiseControl system equipped model)

In addition to the brake assist, vehiclesequipped with the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol system have a preview function.

When the Preview Function identifies theneed to apply emergency braking bysensing a vehicle ahead in the same laneand the distance and relative speed fromit, it applies the brake pre-pressure be-fore the driver depresses the brake pedal

and helps improve brake response by re-ducing pedal free play.

O This system will not operate when thevehicle is moving at approximately 20MPH (32 km/h) or less.

O The pre-pressure function ceaseswhen the following conditions aremet:

a) When the driver depresses the accel-erator pedal or the brake pedal.

b) If the driver does not operate the ac-celerator or brake pedal within ap-proximately 1 second.

BRAKE ASSIST


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The sensor will not detect:

a) Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

b) Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

c) Motorcycles or scooters travelingoffset in the travel lane as illustrated

WARNING

O The Preview Function is only an aid toassist the driver and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. Although

the brake operation is controlled by thesystem, it does not automatically decel-erate the vehicle speed.It is the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely and be in control ofthe vehicle at all times.

O As there is a performance limit to thePreview Function, never rely solely onthis system. This system does not cor-rect careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor vis-ibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Reduce vehicle speed by de-pressing the brake pedal, in order tomaintain a safe distance between ve-hicles.

O The system may not detect the vehiclein front of you in certain road orweather conditions. The Preview Func-tion may not operate properly underthe following conditions. The vehicle isstill drivable under normal conditionsand the Brake Assist will operate.— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to

the system sensor.

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle.

— Winding or hilly roads may causethe sensor to temporarily not detecta vehicle in the same lane or maydetect objects or vehicles in otherlanes.

— Vehicle position in the lane maycause the sensor to temporarily notdetect a vehicle in the same lane ormay detect objects or vehicles inother lanes.

O When the Preview Function operates,the brake pedal may move slightly andmay make a small noise. This is not asystem malfunction.

SSD0338


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Warning light and display

When the Preview Function is not oper-ating properly, the buzzer sounds and thesystem warning light (Orange) will comeon.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engineoff, restart the engine and resume driving.

If the indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the Preview Function is malfunc-tioning (the brake is operative). Althoughthe Vehicle is still driveable under normal

conditions, have the vehicle checked atan INFINITI dealer.

How to handle the sensor

The sensor for the Preview Function iscommon with Intelligent Cruise Controland is located below the front bumper.

To keep the Preview Function operatingproperly, be sure to observe the fol-lowing:

O Always keep the sensor clean.Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so asnot to damage them.

O Do not impact the areas around thesensor. Do not touch or disassemblethe screw located on the sensor.Doing so could cause failure or mal-function. If the sensor installation partis deformed due to an accident, con-tact an INFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install an ac-cessory near the sensor. This couldcause failure or malfunction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls thebrakes so the wheels will not lock when

braking abruptly or when braking on slip-pery surfaces. The system detects the ro-tation speed at each wheel and varies thebrake fluid pressure to prevent eachwheel from locking and sliding. By pre-venting wheel lockup, the system helpsthe driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinningon slippery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold itdown.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping distances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system will not op-erate at speeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to10 km/h) to completely stop the vehicle.(The speeds will vary according to roadconditions.) When the anti-lock systemsenses that one or more wheels are closeto locking up, the actuator (under thehood) rapidly applies and releases hy-draulic pressure (like pumping the brakes

SSD0339


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

very quickly). While the actuator isworking, you may feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal and hear a noise or vibrationfrom the actuator under the hood. This isnormal and indicates that the anti-locksystem is working properly. However, thepulsation may indicate that road condi-tions are hazardous and extra care is re-quired while driving.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists ofelectronic sensors, electric pumps, andhydraulic solenoids controlled by a com-puter. The computer has a built-in diag-nostic feature that tests the system eachtime you start the engine and move thevehicle at a low speed in forward or re-verse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsationin the brake pedal. This is normal and isnot an indication of any malfunction. Ifthe computer senses any malfunction, itswitches the anti-lock brake system OFFand turns on the ABS warning light in thedashboard. The brake system will thenbehave normally, but without anti-lock as-sistance.

If the light comes on during the selfcheck, or while you are driving, you

should take your vehicle to an INFINITIdealer for repair at your earliest conve-nience.

WARNING

The anti-lock brake system is a sophisti-cated device, but it cannot prevent acci-dents resulting from careless or dangerousdriving techniques. It can help maintain ve-hicle control during braking on slipperysurfaces, but remember that the stoppingdistance on slippery surfaces will be longerthan on normal surfaces, even with theanti-lock brake system. Stopping distancesmay also be longer on rough, gravel orsnow covered roads, or if you are using tirechains. Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately,the responsibility for safety of yourself andothers rests in the hands of the driver.

Tire type and condition of tires may also af-fect braking effectiveness.

O When replacing tires, install the speci-fied size of tires on all four wheels.

O When installing a spare tire, make sure

it is the proper size and type as speci-fied on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. See “Vehicle identification”in the “9. Technical and consumer in-formation” section.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

When accelerating or driving on slipperysurfaces, the tires may spin or slide. Withthe vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system,sensors detect these movements and con-trol the braking and engine output to helpimprove vehicle stability.

O When the VDC system is operating, theslip indicator in the instrument panelblinks.

O When only the traction control system(TCS) portion of the VDC is operating,the slip indicator in the instrumentpanel blinks.

O If the SLIP indicator blinks, the roadconditions are slippery. Be sure to ad-just your speed and driving to theseconditions. Be sure to drive carefully.See “Slip indicator light”, and “Vehicledynamic control off indicator light” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion.

O Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the system,the SLIP and indicator lights illu-minate on in the meter panel.As long as these indicator lights are il-luminated, the VDC system function iscanceled.

The VDC system uses a Active Brake Lim-ited Slip (ABLS) system to improve vehicletraction. The ABLS system works when oneof the driving wheels is spinning on a slip-pery surface. The ABLS system brakes thespinning wheel which distributes thedriving power to the other drive wheel. Ifthe vehicle is operated with the VDCsystem turned off, all VDC and TCS func-tions will be turned off. The ABLS systemand ABS will still operate with the VDC sys-tem off. When the ABLS system or the ABSis activated, the slip indicator light willblink and you may hear a clunk noiseand/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.This is also normal and indicates the brakefluid pressure is controlled properly.

While the VDC system is operating, youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedal andhear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.

The VDC system computer has a built-in di-agnostic feature that tests the system eachtime you start the engine and move the ve-hicle forward or backward at a low speed.When the self-test occurs, you may hear aclunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and is not an in-dication of a malfunction.

WARNING

O The VDC system is designed to help improvedriving stability but does not prevent acci-dents due to abrupt steering operation athigh speeds or by careless or dangerousdriving techniques. Reduce vehicle speedand be especially careful when driving andcornering on slippery surfaces and alwaysdrive carefully.

O If engine related parts such as a muffler arenot standard equipment or are extremelydeteriorated, the vehicle dynamic controloff indicator light or the slip indicator lightor both indicator lights may illuminate.

O Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. Ifsuspension parts such as shock absorbers,struts, springs, stabilizer bars and bush-ings are not INFINITI-approved or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC system maynot operate properly. This could adverselyaffect vehicle handling performance, andthe VDC off indicator or the SLIP indicatoror both may illuminate.

O If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are not stan-

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

dard equipment or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC off indicator or the SLIPindicator or both indicator lights may il-luminate.

O When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners, theVDC system may not operate properlyand the VDC off indicator or the SLIP in-dicator or both indicator lights may illu-minate. Do not drive on these types ofroads.

O If wheels or tires other than the recom-mended ones are used, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and the VDC offindicator or the SLIP indicator or both indi-cator lights may illuminate.

O The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snow cov-ered road.

O When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the VDC off indicator light may illu-minate. This is not a malfunction. Restartthe engine after driving onto a stablesurface.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin to it through the keyhole. If the lock becomes frozen, heat thekey before inserting it into the key hole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check anti-freeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see“Engine cooling system” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during ex-tremely cold weather conditions, the bat-tery fluid may freeze and damage the bat-tery. To maintain maximum efficiency, thebattery should be checked regularly. Foradditional information, see “Battery” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system byopening the drain plug located under theradiator. Refill before operating the ve-hicle. See “Engine cooling system” in the

“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion for changing engine coolant.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design toprovide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performanceof these tires will be substantially re-duced in snowy and icy conditions. Ifyou operate your vehicle on snowy oricy roads, INFINITI recommends theuse of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASONtires on all four wheels. Please consultan INFINITI dealer for the tire type,size, speed rating and availability infor-mation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some provinces and states prohibittheir use. Check local, state and provin-cial laws before installing studdedtires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used if desired.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

Make sure they are of proper size forthe tires on your vehicle and are in-stalled according to the chain manu-facturer’s suggestions. Use of tirechains may be prohibited according tolocation. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installingtire chains, make sure they are ofproper size for the tires on your ve-hicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions.Use only SAE Class S chains. Class“S” chains are used on vehicles withrestricted tire to vehicle clearance. Ve-hicles that can use Class “S” chainsare designed to meet the SAE stan-dard minimum clearances between thetire and the closest vehicle suspen-sion or body component required toaccommodate the use of a winter trac-tion device (tire chains or cables). Theminimum clearances are determinedusing the factory equipped tire size.Other types may damage your vehicle.Use chain tensioners when recom-mended by the tire chain manufac-turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose endlinks of the tire chain must be securedor removed to prevent the possibilityof whipping action damage to thefenders or underbody. If possible,

avoid fully loading your vehicle whenusing tire chains. In addition, drive ata reduced speed. Otherwise, your ve-hicle may be damaged and/or vehiclehandling and performance may be ad-versely affected.

O Never install tire chains on TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tires.

O Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

O Tire chains must be installed only onthe rear wheels and not on the frontwheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on pavedroads which are clear of snow. Drivingwith chains in such conditions cancause damage to the various mecha-nisms of the vehicle due to some over-stress.

4. For all wheel drive:If you install snow tires, they mustalso be the same size, brand, con-struction and tread pattern on all fourwheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the followingitems be carried in the vehicle duringwinter:

O a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

O a sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

O a shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnow-drifts.

O extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

O Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

O Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshiftingtoo fast, the drive wheels will lose evenmore traction.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

O Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

O Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.

O Do not use cruise control on slipperyroads.

O Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

An engine block heater to assist extremecold temperature starting is availablethrough an INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an ungroundedelectrical system or two-pronged (cheater)adapters. You can be injured by an elec-trical shock if you use an ungrounded con-nection.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

6 In case of emergency

Roadside assistance program........................... 6-2Flat tire ............................................................ 6-2

Low tire pressure warning system............... 6-2Changing a flat tire ..................................... 6-3

Jump starting.................................................... 6-9Push starting.................................................. 6-11If your vehicle overheats................................ 6-12Towing your vehicle........................................ 6-13

Towing recommended by INFINITI............ 6-14Vehicle recovery(Freeing a stuck vehicle) ........................... 6-15

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year,unlimited mileage Roadside Assistanceplan. In the event of a roadsideemergency, Roadside Assistance Serviceis available to you. Please refer to yourINFINITI Warranty Information Booklet fordetails. Both the Warranty Booklet andRoadside Assistance Calling Card in yourOwner’s Literature Portfolio provide theToll-Free Number to call for assistance.Roadside Assistance is provided 24 hoursa day, 365 days a year, for 4 years fromthe date sold to give emergency roadsidehelp, in the event of mechanical ornonmechanical trouble(s) such as flattires, out-of-gas, dead battery, lost keys,mechanical breakdown, accident, etc.

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM

This vehicle is equipped with the low tirepressure warning system. It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare.When the low tire pressure warning lightis lit, one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated. If equipped, thesystem also displays pressure of all tires(except the spare tire) on the displayscreen by sending a signal from a sensorthat is installed in each wheel. If the ve-hicle is being driven with low tire pres-sure (lower than 26 psi, 180 kPa), the lowtire pressure warning system will activateand warn you of it by the low tire pres-sure warning light or if you select the tirepressure information in the display, aWARNING (FLAT TIRE) displayed on thescreen. This system will activate onlywhen the vehicle is driven at speedsabove 20 MPH (32 km/h). For more de-tails, please refer to “Warning/indicatorlights and audible reminders” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section, “Tirepressure information” in the “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems” section and “Low tire pressurewarning system” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning lightblinks or a WARNING is displayed onthe display screen while driving, avoidsudden steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Serious ve-hicle damage could occur and may leadto an accident and could result in se-rious personal injury. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust thetire pressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turn thelow tire pressure warning light OFF. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the tire pressure andthe low tire pressure warning systemwill not be functioning nor will theirlights illuminate. Contact an INFINITIdealer as soon as possible for tire

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

replacement and/or system resetting.

O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc-tions below.

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the roadaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the selector leverin P (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,and to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-hicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

O Make sure the parking brake is se-curely applied and the automatic trans-mission is shifted into P (Park).

O Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

O Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the tire pressure ofthat tire will not be indicated and notbe monitored by the low tire pressurewarning system. Contact an INFINITIdealer as soon as possible for tire re-placement and/or system resetting.(For models with the low tire pressurewarning system)

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks j1 at both the frontand back of the wheel diagonally oppo-site the flat tire to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling when it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

MCE0001A

In case of emergency 6-3

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Getting the spare tire and tools

Pull up the floor cover j1 and hang thestrap to upper body j2 as illustrated.

jA :

Turn the retainer counterclockwise j3 andremove the spare tire.

jB :

Turn the retainer counterclockwise j3 , re-move the subwoofer j4 and place it onthe side of the luggage room (with the flatsurface facing down), then remove the

spare tire. Be careful not to let the sub-woofer fall down.

Pull out the jack holder before using thejack as illustrated.

SCE0447A

SCE0523


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Removing wheel cap

To remove the wheel cap, use the jack rodcovered with a cloth j1 as illustrated.

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps or wheel covers. Doing so could resultin personal injury.

Jacking up the vehicle andremoving the damaged tireCarefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following in-structions.

1. Remove the jack holder loosening thejack shaft.

2. Place the jack directly under thejack-up point as illustrated above sothat top of the jack contacts the ve-hicle at the jack up point. Align thejack head between the two notches inthe front or the rear as shown. Also fitthe groove of the jack head between

the notches as shown.

SCE0459A SCE0448AJack-up point


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The jack should be used on level firmground.

3. Loosen each wheel nut one or twoturns by turning counterclockwise withthe wheel nut wrench. Do not removethe wheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

4. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rodwith both hands as shown above. Re-move the wheel nuts, and then re-move the tire.

WARNING

O Don’t use the jack with the holder at-tached in case it breaks, or it couldlead to a personal injury.

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

O Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use

the jack provided with other vehicles toyour vehicle.

The jack is designed only for liftingyour vehicle during a tire change.

O Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

O Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

O Never use blocks on or under the jack.

O Do not start or run the engine while ve-hicle is on the jack. It may cause thevehicle to move. This is especially truefor vehicles with limited slip differen-tials.

O Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

SCE0458A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Installing the spare tire

The T-type spare tire is designed foremergency use. See specific instructionsunder the heading “Wheels and tires” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly asillustrated until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence as illus-trated. (j1 , j2 , j3 , j4 , j5 ). Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

O Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

O Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

O Retighten the wheel nuts after the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.). As soon as possible tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-

ened to specifications at each lubrica-tion interval.

O Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure:

After vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information label af-fixed to the inside of the driver sidecenter pillar.

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLDtire pressure, the display of the tire pres-sure information may show higher pres-sure than the COLD tire pressure after thevehicle has been driven more than 1 mile(1.6 km). This is because the tire pressur-izes as the tire temperature rises. Thisdoes not indicate a system malfunction.

SCE0039


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Stowing the damaged tire andtools

Install the jack holder in the correct direc-tion. Refer to the illustration. Turn thejack handle to secure the jack holder tothe jack.

Securely store the spare tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

WARNING

O Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properly se-cured after use. Such items can becomedangerous projectiles in an accident orsudden stop.

O The T-type (temporary) spare tire andsmall size spare tire are designed foremergency use. See “Wheels and tires”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

If needed Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or Warranty InformationBooklet (Canada).

SCE0449 SCE0463


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

To start your engine with a booster bat-tery, the instructions and precautionsbelow must be followed.

WARNING

O If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

O Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

O Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is a cor-rosive sulfuric acid solution which cancause severe burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted area withwater.

O Keep battery out of the reach of chil-dren.

O The booster battery must be rated at

12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

O Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do notlean over the battery when jumpstarting.

O Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and cause se-rious injury.

O Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

O If the battery of vehicle equipped withthe Intelligent Key system is dis-charged, the ignition knob cannot bemoved from the LOCK position, evenusing the mechanical key or the valetkey. Connect the jumper cables to an-other vehicle, as in the case of a dis-charged battery, and then the ignition

knob can be moved from the LOCK po-sition. Then, jump start the vehicle.

If needed Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Canada).

JUMP STARTING


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damage tothe charging system and cause personal in-jury.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve-hicle jA , position the two vehicles (jA

and the jumped vehicle: jB ) to bringtheir batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the se-lector lever to the P (Park) position.Switch off all unnecessary electricalsystems (light, heater, air conditioner,etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with anold cloth jC to reduce explosionhazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated (j1 → j2 → j3 → j4 ).

CAUTION

O Always connect positive (+) to positive(+) and negative (−) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, etc. —not to the battery).

O Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehiclejA and let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle jA at about 2,000 rpm, andstart the jumped vehicle jB in the nor-mal manner.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, turn the key off andwait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

SCE0450AVQ35DE engine


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

7. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable andthen the positive cable (j4 → j3 →j2 → j1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may be con-taminated with corrosive acid.

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION

Automatic transmission models cannot bepush-started or tow-started. Attempting todo so may cause transmission or other ve-hicle damage.

If needed Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Canada).

SCE0454AVK45DE engine

PUSH STARTING


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

O To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot. When the radiatorcap is removed, pressurized hot waterwill spurt out, possibly causing seriousinjury.

O Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicatedby an extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc., takethe following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theselector lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch.Open all the windows, move the

heater or air conditioner temperaturecontrol to maximum hot and fan con-trol to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused byclimbing a long hill on a hot day, runthe engine at a fast idle (approxi-mately 1,500 rpm) until the tempera-ture gauge indication returns tonormal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine.) Do not open the hood fur-ther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the en-gine, stand clear to prevent getting burned.

6. Visually check if the cooling fan is run-ning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water.

If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan

does not run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling fancan start at any time when the coolant tem-perature is high.

7. After the engine cools down, checkthe coolant level in the reservoir tankwith the engine running. Add coolantto the reservoir tank if necessary.Have your vehicle repaired at anINFINITI dealer.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Canada).

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulationsfor towing must be followed. Incorrecttowing equipment could damage your ve-hicle. Towing instructions are availablefrom an INFINITI dealer. Local service op-erators are generally familiar with the ap-plicable laws and procedures for towing.To assure proper towing and to preventaccidental damage to your vehicle,INFINITI recommends having a serviceoperator tow your vehicle. It is advisableto have the service operator carefully readthe following precautions.

WARNING

O Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

O Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

O When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system and

powertrain are in working condition. Ifany unit is damaged, dollies must beused.

O Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet or Roadside Assis-tance I.D. Card for the toll-free number tocall (U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Canada).

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), refer to“Flat towing” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section of thismanual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

Two wheel drive modelsINFINITI recommends that your vehiclebe towed with the driving (rear) wheelsoff the ground or place the vehicle on aflat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

O Never tow automatic transmission mod-els with the rear wheels on the

ground or four wheels on the ground(forward or backward), as this maycause serious and expensive damage tothe transmission.If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels raised, alwaysuse towing dollies under the rearwheels.

O When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the ground oron towing dollies:

Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-tion, and secure the steering wheel in astraight ahead position with a rope orsimilar device. Never secure thesteering wheel by turning the ignitionkey to the LOCK position. This maydamage the steering lock mechanism.Move the selector lever to the N (Neu-tral) position.

O When the battery of vehicle equippedwith the Intelligent Key system is dis-charged, your vehicle should be towedwith the front wheels on towing dolliesor place the vehicle on a flat bed truck.

If the speed or distance must necessarilybe greater, remove the propeller shaft be-fore towing to prevent damage to thetransmission.

SCE0451Two wheel drive models


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

All wheel drive models

INFINITI recommends that towing dolliesbe used when towing your vehicle or thevehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as il-lustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thepower train.

j1 Do not use for towing.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

Securely install the vehicle recovery hookstored with jacking tools.

All wheel drive modelsSCE0452

SCE0453A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Make sure that the hook is properly se-cured in the stored place after use.

WARNING

O Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

O Do not spin your tires at high speed. Thiscould cause them to explode and resultin serious injury. Parts of your vehiclecould also overheat and be damaged.

CAUTION

O Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to the vehicle recovery hooks ormain structural members of the vehicle.Otherwise, the vehicle body will be dam-aged.

O Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle tiedowns or recovery hooks.

O Always pull the cable straight out fromthe front of the vehicle. Never pull on

the hook at an angle.

O Pulling devices should be routed so theydo not touch any part of the suspension,steering, brake or cooling systems.

O Pulling devices such as ropes or canvasstraps are not recommended for use invehicle towing or recovery.

Automatic transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate vehicledolly MUST be placed under the towed ve-hicle’s drive wheels. Always follow thedolly manufacturer’s recommendationswhen using their product.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic ControlSystem.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.

Shift back and forth between R (re-verse) and D (drive).

Apply the accelerator as little as pos-sible to maintain the rocking motion.

Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle can not be freed after afew tries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.


Z 04.9.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .............................................. 7-2Washing...................................................... 7-2Waxing........................................................ 7-2Removing spots .......................................... 7-3Underbody .................................................. 7-3Glass .......................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels ............................... 7-3Chrome parts .............................................. 7-3

Cleaning interior............................................... 7-3

Floor mats................................................... 7-4Seat belts ................................................... 7-4

Corrosion protection......................................... 7-5Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion..................................................... 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion..................................................... 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion ........ 7-5

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.

In the following cases, please wash yourvehicle as soon as possible to protect thepaint surface.

O After a rainfall to prevent possibledamage from acid rain

O After driving on coastal roads

O When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

O When dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park your ve-hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, parkin a shady area or protect the vehicle witha body cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing thebody cover.

WASHING

Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the ve-hicle with a wet sponge and plenty ofclean water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly

using a mild soap such as Nissan CarWash, or a general purpose dishwashingliquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (neverhot) water.

CAUTION

O Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gasoline orsolvents.

O Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot,as the surface may become water-spotted.

O Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removing caked-ondirt or other foreign substances so thatthe paint surface is not scratched ordamaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty ofclean water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt.Therefore, these areas must be regularly

cleaned. Make sure that the drain holesin the lower edge of the door are open.Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and washaway road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to drythe vehicle.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.After waxing, polishing is recommendedto remove built-up residue and to avoid aweathered appearance.

If you wish to wax your vehicle, only usea wax specified for use over clear coats,such as Nissan Liquid or Spray Wax. AnINFINITI dealer can assist you inchoosing the proper product.

O Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

O Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

O If the surface does not polish easily,use a road tar remover and wax again.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paintfinish may dull the finish or leave swirlmarks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as pos-sible from the surface of the paint toavoid lasting damage or staining. Specialcleaning products are available at anINFINITI dealer or any automotive acces-sory store.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used inwinter, the underbody must be cleanedregularly. This will prevent dirt and saltfrom building up and causing underbodyand suspension corrosion. Before thewinter period and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if neces-sary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It isnormal for glass to become coated with afilm after the vehicle is parked in the hotsun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will

easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electricalconductors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used.Salt could discolor the wheel if not re-moved.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with anon-abrasive chrome polish to maintainthe finish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats usinga vacuum cleaner or soft brush. Wipe thevinyl and leather surfaces with a clean,soft cloth dampened in mild soap solu-tion, then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth.Before using any fabric protector, readthe manufacturer’s recommendations.Some fabric protectors contain chemicalsthat may stain or bleach the seat mate-rial.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

O Never use benzine, thinner or any simi-lar material.

O The leather seats should be regularlycoated with a leather wax like saddlesoap. Never use car wax.

O Never use fabric protectors unless rec-ommended by the manufacturer.

O Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Appearance and care 7-3

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

FLOOR MATS

The use of Genuine INFINITI floor matscan extend the life of your vehicle carpetand make it easier to clean the interior.No matter what mats are used, be surethey are fitted for your vehicle and areproperly positioned in the footwell to pre-vent interference with pedal operation.Mats should be maintained with regularcleaning and replaced if they become ex-cessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid(Driver side only)

This model includes a front floor matbracket jA to act as a floor mat posi-tioning aid. INFINITI floor mats havebeen specially designed for your vehiclemodel. The driver’s side floor mat has agrommet hole incorporated in it. Simplyposition the mat by placing the floor matbracket through the floor mat grommethole while centering the mat in thefloorpan contour.

Periodically check to make certain thatthe mats are properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-pletely before using them.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seat belts,since these materials may severely weakenthe seat belt webbing.SAI0012B


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION:

O The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panelsections, cavities, and other areas.

O Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION:

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle, and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially thoseareas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing and where atmospheric pollutionexists and road salt is used.

Temperature

A temperature increase will accelerate therate of corrosion to those parts which arenot well ventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of saltin the air in coastal areas, or heavy roadsalt use will accelerate the corrosion pro-cess. Road salt will also accelerate thedisintegration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION:

O Wash and wax your vehicle often tokeep the vehicle clean.

O Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as pos-sible.

O Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

O Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, washwith water as soon as possible.

CAUTION

O NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debrisfrom the passenger compartment bywashing it out with a hose. Remove dirtwith a vacuum cleaner or broom.

O Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floorpan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult an INFINITI dealer.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements ............................... 8-2General maintenance........................................ 8-2

Explanation of general maintenanceitems .......................................................... 8-3

Maintenance precautions ................................. 8-5Engine compartment check locations................ 8-7Engine cooling system...................................... 8-9

Checking engine coolant level..................... 8-9Changing engine coolant........................... 8-10

Engine oil ....................................................... 8-11Checking engine oil level .......................... 8-11Changing engine oil and filter .................. 8-12

Automatic transmission fluid .......................... 8-15Power steering fluid ....................................... 8-15Brake fluid ..................................................... 8-15Window washer fluid ...................................... 8-16Battery ........................................................... 8-17

Jump starting ............................................ 8-18Drive belts...................................................... 8-18Spark plugs.................................................... 8-19

Replacing spark plugs............................... 8-20Air cleaner...................................................... 8-20Windshield wiper blades ................................ 8-21

Cleaning.................................................... 8-21Replacing .................................................. 8-22

Rear window wiper blade ............................... 8-23Parking brake and brake pedal ...................... 8-23

Checking parking brake ............................ 8-23Checking brake pedal ............................... 8-23Brake booster ........................................... 8-24

Fuses ............................................................. 8-24Engine compartment ................................. 8-25Passenger compartment............................ 8-27

Keyfob battery replacement............................ 8-27Keyfob (Except Intelligent Key) ................. 8-27Intelligent key .......................................... 8-29

Lights............................................................. 8-31Headlights ................................................ 8-32Exterior and interior lights ........................ 8-32

Wheels and tires ............................................ 8-36Tire pressure............................................. 8-36Tire labeling.............................................. 8-38Types of tires ............................................ 8-40Tire chains ................................................ 8-41Changing wheels and tires........................ 8-42

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Your new INFINITI has been designed tohave minimum maintenance requirementswith longer service intervals to save youboth time and money. However, some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essen-tial to maintain your INFINITI’s good me-chanical condition, as well as its emissionand engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure that the specified maintenance andthe general maintenance are performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the onlyone who can ensure that your vehicle re-ceives the proper maintenance care. Youare a vital link in the maintenance chain.

Scheduled maintenance:

For your convenience, both required andoptional scheduled maintenance itemsare described and listed in your “INFINITIService and Maintenance Guide”. Youmust refer to that guide to ensure thatnecessary maintenance is performed onyour INFINITI at regular intervals.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes thoseitems which should be checked duringnormal day-to-day operation. They are es-sential for proper vehicle operation. It is

your responsibility to perform these main-tenance procedures regularly as pre-scribed.

Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill andonly a few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby you, a qualified technician, or, if youprefer, an INFINITI dealer.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced by anINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through tech-nical bulletins, service tips, and in-dealership information systems. They arecompletely qualified to work on INFINITIvehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that an INFINITIdealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle — in areliable and economic way.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smell, be sure tocheck for the cause or have an INFINITIdealer perform it promptly. In addition,you should notify an INFINITI dealer ifyou think the repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-nance precautions” later in this section.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this sec-tion.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood operate prop-erly. Also ensure that all latches lock se-curely. Lubricate hinges and latches ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondarylatch keeps the hood from opening whenthe primary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights,stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights,and other lights are all operating properlyand installed securely. Also check head-light aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts): Whenchecking the tires, make sure no wheel

nuts are missing, and check for any loosewheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure inall tires, including the spare, to the speci-fied pressure. Check carefully for damage,cuts or excessive wear.

Tire rotation*:The tires should be rotated every 7,500miles (12,000 km) to minimize tire wearvariation.

Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side whiledriving on a straight and level road, or ifyou detect uneven or abnormal tire wear,there may be a need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield atleast every six months for cracks or other

damage. Have a damaged windshield re-paired by a qualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe prop-erly.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing periodic maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure thepedal does not catch or require uneveneffort. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mecha-nism: On a fairly steep hill check thatyour vehicle is held securely with the se-lector lever in the P (Park) positionwithout applying any brakes.

Brake pedal*: Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure it has the properdistance under it when depressed fully.Check the brake booster function. Be sureto keep the floor mat away from thepedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake*: Check that the lever hasthe proper travel and confirm that yourvehicle is held securely on a fairly steephill with only the parking brake applied.

Seats: Check seat position controls suchas seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc.to ensure they operate smoothly and thatall latches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints move upand down smoothly and that the locks (ifso equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (For example, buckles, an-chors, adjusters and retractors) operateproperly and smoothly, and are installedsecurely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessivefree play, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make surethat all warning lights and chimes are op-erating properly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets prop-erly and in sufficient quantity when oper-ating the heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washer operateproperly and that the wipers do notstreak.

Under the hood and the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (For example,each time you check the engine oil or re-fuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in eachcell.It should be between the MAX and MINlines. Vehicles operated in high tempera-tures or under severe conditions requirefrequent checks of the battery fluid level.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that thebrake and clutch fluid levels are betweenthe MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that nobelt is frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level locationand turning off the engine. (Wait at least10 minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.)

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, imme-


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

diately locate the trouble and correct it.See “Precautions when starting anddriving” in the “5. Starting and driving”section for exhaust gas (Carbon monox-ide).

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks afterthe vehicle has been parked for a while.Water dripping from the air conditionerafter use is normal. If you should noticeany leaks or if gasoline fumes are evi-dent, check for the cause and have it cor-rected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold andthe engine is turned off. Check the linesfor proper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front ofthe radiator and clean off any dirt, in-sects, leaves, etc., that may have accumu-lated. Make sure the hoses have nocracks, deformation, deterioration orloose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to controldust. It is very important to remove thesesubstances, otherwise rust will form onthe floor pan, frame, fuel lines and

around the exhaust system. At the end ofwinter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, beingcareful to clean those areas where mudand dirt may accumulate. For additionalinformation, see “Cleaning exterior” inthe “7. Appearance and care” section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the tank.

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injuryto yourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

O Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-ply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the vehiclefrom moving. Move the selector lever toP (Park) position.

O Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

O Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may comeon at any time without warning, even ifthe ignition key is in the OFF positionand the engine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect the negativebattery cable before working near thefan.

O If you must work with the engine

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

running, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from moving fans,belts and any other moving parts.

O It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and any jewelry, such asrings, watches, etc. before working onyour vehicle.

O Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

O If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be surethere is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, supportit with safety stands.

O Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank and bat-tery.

O On gasoline engine models with theMultiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System,the fuel filter or fuel lines should be

serviced by an INFINITI dealer becausethe fuel lines are under high pressureeven when the engine is off.

CAUTION

O Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

O Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

O Never leave any engine or automatictransmission related component har-ness connector disconnected while theignition switch is in the ON position.

O Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engineoil, engine coolant and/or other vehiclefluids can damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluid.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section gives instructions regarding onlythose items which are relatively easy foran owner to perform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual isalso available. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information” in the“9. Technical and consumer information”section.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in oper-ating difficulties or excessive emissions,and could affect your warranty coverage.If in doubt about any servicing, have itdone by an INFINITI dealer.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

VQ35DE engine

1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Engine coolant reservoir

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Air cleaner

SDI1524A

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

VK45DE engine

1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Engine coolant reservoir

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Air cleaner

SDI1531A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round,anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corro-sion inhibitors, therefore additionalcooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

O Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burns couldbe caused by high pressure fluid es-caping from the radiator. See “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

O The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure type radiator cap. To prevent en-gine damage, use only a genuineNISSAN radiator cap.

Outside temperaturedown to Anti-

freeze

Deminer-alizedwater/

distilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, be sureto use only a Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze Coolant (green) or equivalentwith the proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralized or distilledwater. The use of other types of coolant so-lutions or coolant colors, such as orange,may damage your engine cooling system.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoirtank when the engine is cold. If the cool-ant level is below MIN j2 , add coolant upto the MAX j1 level. If the reservoir tankis empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If thereis insufficient coolant in the radiator, fillthe radiator with coolant up to the filleropening and also add it to the reservoirtank up to the MAX level j1 .

If the engine cooling system frequently

SDI1385A

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

requires coolant, have it checked by anINFINITI dealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

O Major cooling system repairs shouldbe performed by an INFINITI dealer.The service procedures can be found

in the appropriate INFINITI ServiceManual.

O Improper servicing can result in re-duced heater performance and engineoverheating.

WARNING

O To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

O Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.

O Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

O Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.

1. Open radiator drain plug jB at thebottom of radiator, and remove ra-diator filler cap jA .

O Be careful not to allow coolant to con-tact drive belts.

SDI1525A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Waste coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regula-tions.

2. Close the radiator drain plug jB se-curely after the coolant is drained.

3. Fill the radiator slowly with the propermixture of anti-freeze solution anddemineralized water/distilled water.Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAXlevel. Then install the radiator fillercap jA .

4. Start the engine and warm it up untilit reaches normal operating tempera-ture. Then race the engine 2 or 3times under no load. Watch the enginecoolant temperature gauge for signs ofoverheating.

5. Stop the engine. After it completelycools down, refill the radiator up tothe filler opening. Fill the reservoirtank up to the MAX level. Check thedrain plug for any sign of leakage.

6. Recheck the coolant level after the ve-hicle has been driven for a day.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than15 minutes for the oil to drain backinto the oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

SDI1386BVQ35DE

SDI1240BVK45DE

ENGINE OIL


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be between theH and L marks j1 . If the oil level isbelow the L mark j2 , remove the oilfiller cap and pour recommended oilthrough the opening. Do not overfillj3 .

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the se-verity of operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Op-erating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, andsuch damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL ANDFILTER

Change the engine oil and filter accordingto the maintenance intervals shown in theINFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait morethan 15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jackstands.

O Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

O A suitable adapter should be attachedto the jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.

a. Remove the small plastic clips at therear side of the undercover.

b. Then remove the other bolts that holdthe undercover in place.

SDI1402BVQ35DE

SDI1410BVK45DE


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Use the correct jack-up points. Never useany other part of the vehicle for jack sup-port.

Engine oil and filter

1. Place a large drain pan under thedrain plug j1 .

2. Remove the oil filler cap.3. Remove the drain plug j1 with a

wrench and completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.

O Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

O Check your local regulations.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench j2 . Remove the oil filter byturning it by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mountingsurface with a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubber gas-ket remaining on the mounting sur-face of the engine.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

SDI1532AVQ35DE

SDI1550AVK45DE


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 Nzm)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug j1with a new washer. Securely tightenthe drain plug j1 with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 Nzm)

Do not use excessive force.9. Refill engine with recommended oil

and install the cap securely.

CAUTION

The dipstick must be inserted in place toprevent oil spillage from the dipstick holewhile filling the engine with oil.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section fordrain and refill capacity. The drain andrefill capacity depends on the oil tem-

perature and drain time. Use thesespecifications for reference only. Al-ways use the dipstick to determine theproper amount of oil in the engine.

CAUTION

When filling oil, do not pull out the dip-stick.

10.Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oilfilter. Correct as required.

11.Turn the engine off and wait morethan 10 minutes. Check the oil levelwith the dipstick. Add engine oil ifnecessary.

After the operation

1. Install the engine undercover into po-sition as the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plastic clipout.

b. Hold the engine undercover into posi-tion.

c. Insert the clips through the under-cover into the hole in the frame, then

push the center of the clip in to lockthe clip in place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold theundercover in place. Be careful not tostrip the bolts or over-tighten them.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter prop-erly.

WARNING

O Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

O Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

O Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

If checking or replacement is required, werecommend an INFINITI dealer for servic-ing.

CAUTION

O Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF.Do not mix with other fluids.

O Using automatic transmission fluidother than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATFwill cause deterioration in driveabilityand automatic transmission durability,and may damage the automatic trans-mission, which is not covered by theINFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.

The specified automatic transmissionfluid is also described on caution labelslocated in the engine compartment.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank.

The fluid level should be checked usingthe HOT range at fluid temperatures of122 to 176°F (50 to 80°C) or using theCOLD range at fluid temperatures of 32 to86°F (0 to 30°C).

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.

Check the fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir jA . If the fluid is below the MINline or the brake warning light comes on,add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy DutyBrake Fluid or equivalent to DOT 3 fluidup to the MAX line. If fluid must be addedfrequently, the system should be thor-oughly checked by an INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Use only new fluid. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brake system.

SDI1408B SDI1610A

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Do not add synthetic brake fluid. The use ofimproper fluids can damage the brake sys-tem and affect the vehicle’s stoppingability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, immediately wash the surface withwater.

Add fluid when the low washer fluidwarning light comes on. Add a washersolvent to the water for better cleaning.In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher anti-freeze. Follow the manufac-turer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.

WARNING

Anti-freeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers out ofthe reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution. Thismay result in damage to the paint.SDI1388A

WINDOW WASHER FLUID


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Keep the battery surface clean anddry. Any corrosion should be washedoff with a solution of baking soda andwater.

O Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

O If the vehicle is not to be used for 30days or longer, disconnect the (—)negative battery terminal cable to pre-vent discharging it.

WARNING

O Do not expose the battery to flames orelectrical sparks. Hydrogen gas, gener-ated by battery fluid, is explosive. Donot allow battery fluid to contact yourskin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces.After touching a battery or battery cap,do not touch or rub your eyes. Thor-oughly wash your hands. If the acidcontacts your eyes, skin or clothing,immediately flush with water for atleast 15 minutes and seek medical at-tention.

O Do not operate the vehicle if the bat-

tery fluid is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the batterywhich can generate heat, reduce bat-tery life, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

O When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

O Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

O Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren. Check the fluid level in each cell. It

should be between the UPPER LEVEL j1and LOWER LEVEL j2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to the in-dicator in each filler opening. Do not over-fill.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

1. Remove the cell plugs jA .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL j1 line.

DI0137MA

BATTERY


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Tighten cell plugs jA .

If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level by lookingdirectly above the cell; j1 indicates OKand j2 needs more to be added.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” in the “6. In case of emergency”section. If the engine does not start byjump starting, the battery may have to bereplaced. Contact an INFINITI dealer.

1. Power steering fluid pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Air conditioner compressor

.: Tension checking points

SDI1480C SDI1549AVQ35DE

DRIVE BELTS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Water pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Power steering fluid pump

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position. The engine could rotate un-expectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhe-sion or looseness. If the belt is inpoor condition or loose, have it re-placed or adjusted by an INFINITIdealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in your“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch areoff and that the parking brake is engagedsecurely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to removethe spark plugs. An incorrect socket candamage the spark plugs.SDI1411B

VK45DE

SPARK PLUGS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

If replacement is required, see anINFINITI dealer for servicing.

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace theplatinum-tipped jA spark plugs as fre-quently as the conventional type sparkplugs since they will last much longer.Follow the maintenance schedule in your“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”, but do not reuse them bycleaning or regapping.

Always replace with recommended

platinum-tipped spark plugs. If maintenance is required, see anINFINITI dealer for servicing.

The filter element should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance intervals. See your“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide” for maintenance intervals. Whenreplacing the filter, wipe the inside of theair cleaner housing and the cover with adamp cloth.

WARNING

O Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleaner notonly cleans the air, it stops the flame ifthe engine backfires. If it is not there,and the engine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with the aircleaner removed, and be careful whenworking on the engine with the aircleaner removed.

O Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine with theair cleaner removed. Doing so could re-sult in serious injury.

SDI0145C

AIR CLEANER


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged when theengine hood is opened.

O Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arms may be dam-aged from wind pressure.

O Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other ma-terial may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild de-tergent. Then rinse the blade with clear

water. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the lock pin jA , and then movethe wiper blade down the wiper armj1 while pushing the lock pin jA toremove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade to thewiper arm until a click sounds.

If necessary, clean the windshield washernozzle jA with a needle or small pin jB .

DI1018MC

SDI1390B


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Contact an INFINITI dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, depress theparking brake pedal slowly and firmly,and check the distance between the ini-tial and final position of the pedal jA . If itis out of the range shown above, see anINFINITI dealer.

Range: 4 to 5 notches under a depressingforce of 44 lb (196 N).

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the dis-tance between the upper surface of thepedal and the metal floor jA . If it is out ofthe range shown above, see an INFINITIdealer.

Range: 3.3 in (83.8 mm) or more under adepressing force of 110 lb (490N).

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.

SDI1391G DI1020MP

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every timethe brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See an INFINITI dealer for a brake systemcheck if the brake pedal height does not re-turn to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a highpitched scraping or screeching soundwhen the vehicle is in motion whether ornot the brake pedal is depressed. Have thebrakes checked as soon as possible if thewear indicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops is nor-mal and does not affect the function or per-formance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information,see the appropriate maintenance log

shown in your “INFINITI Service and Main-tenance Guide”.

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as fol-lows:

1. With the engine off, press and releasethe brake pedal several times. Whenbrake pedal movement (distance oftravel) remains the same from onepedal application to the next, continueon to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, startthe engine. The pedal height shoulddrop a little.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stopthe engine. Keeping the pedal de-pressed for about 30 seconds, thepedal height should not change.

4. Run the engine for one minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn itoff. Depress the brake pedal severaltimes. The pedal travel distance will de-crease gradually with each depressionas the vacuum is released from thebooster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, seean INFINITI dealer.

Some vehicles are equipped with enginecompartment and passenger compartmentfuse boxes that use only Type jA fuses.Other vehicles are equipped with Type jAfuses in the engine compartment fuse boxand Type jB in the passenger compart-ment fuse box.

Type jA fuses are provided as spare fuses.They are stored in the passenger compart-ment fuse box.

Type jA fuses can be installed in the en-gine compartment and passenger compart-ment fuse boxes.

SDI1751

FUSES


Z 04.7.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

If a type jA fuse is used to replace a typejB fuse, the type jA fuse will not be levelwith the fuse pocket as shown in the il-lustration. This will not affect the perfor-mance of the fuse. Make sure the fuse isinstalled in the fuse box securely.

Type jB fuses cannot be installed in theunderhood fuse boxes. Only use type jAfuses in the underhood fuse boxes.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am-perage rating than specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage the electricalsystem or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the compartment of the bat-tery and the fuse/fusible link holder.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover by pushing the tab and liftingthe cover up as illustrated.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.The fuse puller is located in the centerof the fuse block in the passengercompartment.

SDI1752 SDI1479A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. If the fuse is open jA , replace it witha new fuse jB .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired by an INFINITI dealer.

Fusible links

If the electrical equipment does not oper-ate and the fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links. If any of thesefusible links are melted, replace with onlygenuine NISSAN parts.

SDI1753Type A

SDI1754Type B


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am-perage rating than specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage the electricalsystem or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the head-light switch are OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Pinch the fuse straight with the fusepuller jA and pull it out.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with anew (spare) fuse jB .

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired by an INFINITI dealer.

KEYFOB (Except Intelligent Key)


1. Open the lid j1 using a suitable toolj2 .

SDI1755

SPA1374D

KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. Replace the battery j3 with a newone. Set the battery with the “—” sidej4 up.Recommended battery: CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces thebottom case.


4. Push the keyfob button two or threetimes to check its operation.

See an INFINITI dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.


O Be careful not to touch the circuitboard and the battery terminal.


O The keyfob is water-resistant; how-ever, if it gets wet, immediately wipeit completely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the keyfob.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

INTELLIGENT KEY

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery and removed parts.


1. Release the lock knob at the back of theintelligent key and remove the me-chanical key.

2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver jA

wrapped with a cloth into the slit jB ofthe corner and twist it to separate theupper part from the lower part.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

O Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as it could cause amalfunction.

Recommended battery: CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces thebottom of the case.


5. Push the buttons two or three times tocheck its operation.

See an INFINITI dealer if you need any as-sistance for replacement.


O Be careful not to touch the circuit boardand the battery terminal.


O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the Intelligent Key.

FCC Notice:

This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class B digi-tal device pursuant to part 15 of the FCCRules. These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmful in-terference in a residential installation.This equipment generates, uses and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if notinstalled and used in accordance with theinstructions, may cause harmful interfer-ence to radio communications. However,there is no guarantee that interference will

SPA1875 SPA1876


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

not occur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause haumful interfer-ence to radio or television reception, whichcan be determined by turning the equip-ment off and on, the user is encouraged totry to correct the interference by one ormore of the following measures:

— Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna

— Increase the separation between theequipment and the receiver

— Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that to whichthe receiver is connected.

— Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Clearance light/Daytime running light(Canada)

2. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam)

3. Front turn signal light

4. Front side marker light

5. Interior light/Map light

6. Ceiling light (if so equipped)

7. Rear personal light

8. Luggage light (side)

9. Front fog light

10. Step light

11. High-mounted stop light

12. Luggage light (roof)

13. License plate light

14. Back-up light

15. Tail/Stop/Turning signal lights

16. Rear side marker light

SDI1526

LIGHTS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing

If replacement is required, see anINFINITI dealer.

Xenon headlight bulb:

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, they pro-duce a high voltage. To prevent an electricshock, never attempt to modify or disas-semble. Always have your xenon head-lights replaced at an INFINITI dealer. Foradditional information, see “Headlight andturn signal switch” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal 21 T20

Clearance/Daytime running light 5/21 T20

Front side marker light 3.8 T10

Front fog light* 51 HB4

Rear combination light

Tail/Stop/Turn signal lights* (LED) —

Side marker light 3.8 T10

Back-up light 18 T16

License plate light 5 T10

High-mounted stop light* (LED) —

Map light 8 —

Ceiling light (if so equipped) 8 —

Rear personal light 8 —

Step light* 5 —

Luggage (roof, side) light 8 —

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 1.32 —

*: See an INFINITI dealer for replacement.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C orD. When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens and/or cover.

MDI0006

SDI1727


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

SDI1528A SDI1529A SDI1728


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

SDI1399C

SDI1407B

SDI1530A

SDI1729


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Low tire pressure warning system

This vehicle is equipped with the low tirepressure warning system. It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare.When the low tire pressure warning lightis lit, one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly underinflated. The system also dis-plays pressure of all tires (except thespare tire) on the display screen by send-ing a signal from a sensor that is installedin each wheel.

The low tire pressure warning system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also,this system may not detect a sudden dropin tire pressure (for example a flat tirewhile driving).

For more details, refer to “Low tire pres-sure warning light” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section, “Tire pressure in-formation” in the “4. Display screen,heater, air conditioner and audio sys-tems” section, “Low tire pressure warningsystem” in the “5. Starting and driving”section, and “Flat tire” in the “6. In case

of emergency” section.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressure (including thespare) often and always prior to long dis-tance trips. The recommended tire pres-sure specifications are shown on the Tireand Loading Information label under the“Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pres-sure” heading. The Tire and Loading In-formation label is affixed to the driverside center pillar. Tire pressures shouldbe checked regularly because:

O Most tires naturally lose air over time.

O Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other objectsor if the vehicle strikes a curb whileparking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires are con-sidered COLD after the vehicle has beenparked for 3 or more hours, or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including under-inflation, may adversely affect tire lifeand vehicle handling.

WARNING

O Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-denly and cause an accident.

O The vehicle weight capacity is indicatedon the Tire and Loading Information la-bel. Do not load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading your vehiclemay result in reduced tire life, unsafeoperating conditions due to prematuretire failure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also result infailure of other vehicle components.

O Before taking a long trip, or wheneveryou heavily load your vehicle, use a tirepressure gauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specified level.

O Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH(137 km/h) unless it is equipped withhigh speed rated tires. Driving fasterthan 85 MPH (137 km/h) may result intire failure, loss of control and possibleinjury.

WHEELS AND TIRES


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Tire and loading information label

j1 Seating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.

j2 Vehicle load limit: See loading infor-mation in the Technical and consumerinformation section.

j3 Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

SDI1574B


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

j4 Recommended cold tire inflation pres-sure: Inflate the tires to this pressurewhen the tires are cold. Tires are con-sidered COLD after the vehicle has beenparked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds. The recommended cold tire in-flation is set by the manufacturer toprovide the best balance of tire wear,vehicle handling driveability, tire noise,etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

j5 Tire size — refer to “Tire labeling” laterin this section.

j6 and j7 Spare tire size or compactspare tire size (if so equipped)

Checking the tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely ontothe valve stem. Do not press too hard orforce the valve stem sideways, or airwill escape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heard whilechecking the pressure, reposition thegauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge

stem and compare it to the specifica-tion shown on the Tire and Loading In-formation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core of thevalve stem briefly with the tip of thegauge stem to release pressure. Re-check the pressure and add or releaseair as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires, in-cluding the spare. (Refer to the “Wheelsand tires” section)

Size Cold Tire Infla-tion Pressure

FrontOriginal Tire

P265/60R18

P265/50R20220 kPa, 32 psi

RearOriginal Tire

P265/60R18

P265/50R20220 kPa, 32 psi

Spare Tire T175/90D18 420 kPa, 60 psi

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on thesidewall of all tires. This information identi-fies and describes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also provides thetire identification number (TIN) for safetystandard certification. The TIN can be usedto identify the tire in case of a recall.

SDI1575


Z 04.9.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

j1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles. (Not alltires have this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of thetire from sidewall edge to sidewalledge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This number isthe wheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weighteach tire can support. You may notfind this information on all tires be-cause it is not required by law.

7. H: Speed Rating. The speed rating de-notes the speed at which a tire is de-signed to be driven for extended peri-ods of time. The ratings range from 98miles per hour (MPH) to 186 MPH.(You may not find this information onall tires because it is not required bylaw.) j2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for

new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Departmentof Transportation”. The symbolcan be placed above, below or tothe left or right of the Tire Iden-tification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identi-fication mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

SDI1606 SDI1607


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four-digit code: Date of ManufactureFour numbers represent the week andyear the tire was built. For example, thenumbers 3103 means the 31st week of2003.

j3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.

j4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amount ofair pressure that should be put in thetire. Do not exceed the maximum per-missible inflation pressure.

j5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that canbe carried by the tire. When replacingthe tires on the vehicle, always use atire that has the same load rating as thefactory installed tire.

j6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates that the tire requires an

inner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tube-less”).

j7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

j8 Manufacturer or Brand nameManufacturer or Brand name is shown.

Other tire-related terminology

In addition to the many terms that are de-fined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding on the othersidewall of the tire, or (2) the outwardracing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that must always faceoutward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

O When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type

(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) andconstruction. An INFINITI dealer may beable to help you with information abouttire type, size, speed rating and avail-ability.

O Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.

O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

All season tires

INFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance foruse all year around, including snowy andicy road conditions. All season tires areidentified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than all season tires and maybe more appropriate in some areas.


Z 04.7.15/S50-D/V5.0 X

Summer tires

INFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performanceon dry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions, INFINITI recom-mends the use of snow or all season tireson all four wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessaryto select tires equivalent in size and loadrating to the original equipment tires. Ifyou do not, it can adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lowerspeed ratings than factory equipped tiresand may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, INFINITI recommends theuse of snow or all season tires on all fourwheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, someprovinces and states prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws be-fore installing studded tires. Skid andtraction capabilities of studded snowtires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

All wheel drive models

CAUTION

O Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears.

O ONLY use spare tires specified for each4-wheel drive model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is rec-ommended that all four tires be replaced

with tires of the same size, brand, con-struction and tread pattern. The tire pres-sure and wheel alignment should also bechecked and corrected as necessary. Con-tact an INFINITI dealer.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on pavedroads which are clear of snow. Drivingwith chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited ac-cording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When install-ing tire chains, make sure they are ofproper size for the tires on your vehicleand are installed according to the chainmanufacturer instructions. Use only SAEclass S chains. Class “S” chains are usedon vehicles with restricted tire to vehicleclearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAEstandard minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspen-sion or body component required to ac-commodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). The


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

minimum clearances are determinedusing the factory equipped tire size. Othertypes may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended bythe tire chain manufacturer to ensure atight fit. Loose end links of the tire chainmust be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damageto the fenders or undercarriage. If pos-sible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, driveat a reduced speed. Otherwise, your ve-hicle may be damaged and/or vehiclehandling and performance may be ad-versely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on a T-type sparetire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY). Do not usethe chains on dry roads.

Driving with chains in such conditions cancause damage to the various mechanismsof the vehicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends that tires be ro-tated every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)

See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section for tire replacing proce-dures.

WARNING

O After rotating the tires, check and ad-just the tire pressure.

O Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

O Do not include the T-type spare tire orany other small size spare tire in thetire rotation.


SDI1756


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Wear indicator2. Location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

O Tires should be periodically inspectedfor wear, cracking, bulging or objectscaught in the tread. If excessive wear,cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

O The original tires have built-in tread

wear indicators. When the wear indica-tors are visible, the tire(s) should be re-placed.

O Improper service of the spare tire mayresult in serious personal injury. If it isnecessary to repair the spare tire, con-tact an INFINITI dealer.


Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size,speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. See “Specifica-tions” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for recommendedtypes and sizes of tires and wheels.

WARNING

O The use of tires other than those rec-ommended or the mixed use of tires of

different brands, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), or tread patternscan adversely affect the ride, braking,handling, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance,speedometer calibration, headlight aimand bumper height. Some of these ef-fects may lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

O If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimension.Wheels of a different off-set couldcause premature tire wear, degrade ve-hicle handling characteristics and/orinterference with the brake discs. Suchinterference can lead to decreasedbraking efficiency and/or early brakepad wear. Refer to “Wheels and tires”in the “9. Technical and consumer in-formation” section of this manual forwheel off-set dimensions.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, tire pressure will notbe indicated and the low tire pressure

MDI0004B


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

warning system will not function. Con-tact an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos-sible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting. (For models with thelow tire pressure warning system)

O Do not install a deformed wheel or tireeven if it has been repaired. Suchwheels or tires could have structuraldamage and could fail without warning.

O The use of retread tires is not recom-mended.


Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance. There-fore, they should be balanced as re-quired.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.

Spin balancing the rear wheels on the ve-hicle could lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Care of wheels

O Wash the wheels when washing thevehicle to maintain their appearance.

O Clean the inner side of the wheelswhen the wheel is changed or the un-derside of the vehicle is washed.

O Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

O Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at thetire bead.

O INFINITI recommends that the sidewalls of road wheels be waxed to pro-tect against road salt in areas where itis used during winter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire (T-type))

Observe the following precautions if the

T-type spare tire must be used, otherwiseyour vehicle could be damaged or in-volved in an accident.

CAUTION

O The T-type spare tire should be used foremergency use only. It should be re-placed with the standard tire at thefirst opportunity to avoid possible tireor differential damage.

O Drive carefully while the T-type sparetire is installed. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

O Periodically check the T-type spare tireinflation pressure, and always keep itat 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

O Always keep the pressure of the fullsize spare tire (if so equipped) at therecommended pressure for standardtires, as indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. For the labellocation, see “Tire and Loading Infor-mation label” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information”.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not drive your vehicle at speedsfaster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

O Do not use tire chains on a T-type sparetire. Tire chains will not fit properly andmay cause damage to the vehicle.

O When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the T-type spare tireshould be used on the front wheel andthe original tire used on the rearwheels (drive wheels). Use tire chainsonly on the two rear original tires.

O Tire tread of the T-type spare tire willwear at a faster rate than the originaltire. Replace the T-type spare tire assoon as the tread wear indicators ap-pear.

O Because the T-type spare tire is smallerthan the original tire, ground clearanceis reduced. To avoid damage to the ve-hicle do not drive over obstacles. Alsodo not drive the vehicle through an au-tomatic car wash since it may getcaught.

O Do not use the T-type spare tire onother vehicles.

O Do not use more than one T-type sparetire at the same time.

O Do not tow a trailer while the T-typespare tire is installed.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ... 9-2Fuel recommendation.................................. 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation..... 9-5Recommended SAE viscosity number .......... 9-7Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations......................... 9-7

Specifications................................................... 9-9Engine......................................................... 9-9Wheels and tires ....................................... 9-11Dimensions and weights ........................... 9-11

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country.............................................. 9-12Vehicle identification...................................... 9-12

Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate ......................................................... 9-12Vehicle identification number (Chassisnumber) .................................................... 9-12Engine serial number ................................ 9-13F.M.V.S.S. certification label ..................... 9-13Emission control information label ............ 9-14Tire and loading information label ............ 9-14

Air conditioner specification label ............. 9-14Installing front license plate .......................... 9-15Vehicle loading information............................ 9-16

Terms........................................................ 9-16Vehicle load capacity ................................ 9-17Loading tips.............................................. 9-18

Towing a trailer .............................................. 9-19Maximum load limits................................. 9-19Towing load/specification chart ................ 9-21Towing safety............................................ 9-21Flat towing ................................................ 9-24

Uniform tire quality grading ........................... 9-25Emission control system warranty .................. 9-26Reporting safety defects (US only).................. 9-26Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only) ........................................................ 9-27Event data recorders ...................................... 9-28Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation..................................................... 9-28

In the event of a collision......................... 9-28

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) RecommendedspecificationsUS measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 23-3/4 gal 19-3/4 gal 90 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1Engine oil*6Drain and refill

With oil filter changeVK45DE 6-3/4 qt 5-5/8 qt 6.4

For VK45DE engineO API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving*2, *3O ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III*2, *3For VQ35DE engineO API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving*3O ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III*3

VQ35DE 5 qt 4-1/8 qt 4.7

Without oil filterchange

VK45DE 6-1/8 qt 5-1/8 qt 5.8

VQ35DE 4-5/8 qt 3-7/8 qt 4.4

Cooling system

With reservoirVK45DE 10-5/8 qt 8-3/4 qt 10.0

Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalentVQ35DE 9-1/8 qt 7-5/8 qt 8.6

ReservoirVK45DE 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8VQ35DE 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Automatic transmission fluid — — — Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF*4Differential gear oil — — — API GL-5 Viscosity SAE 80W-90*7

Transfer fluid — — — Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmis-sion Fluid*8

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructionsin the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*10Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3 (U.S. FMVSS No. 116)Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*9

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — Nissan A/C System OilType S or exact equivalent

Windshield washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation.*2: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.*3: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number.*4: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which

is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.*5: Available in mainland US through an INFINITI dealer.*6: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*7: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0°C (32°F).*8: DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids, including recommended

brand(s) of DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM automatic transmission fluid.*9: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” in this section for air conditioner specification label.*10: For Canada, Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF), DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent ATF may also be used.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

VK45DE engine

In order to maintain engine and exhaustsystem durability and performance, un-leaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number96) must be used.

If premium gasoline is not available, un-leaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of 87 AKI number (Research octanenumber 91) may be temporarily used, butonly under the following precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, andfill up with unleaded premium gaso-line as soon as possible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration

VQ35DE engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

For improved vehicle performance,INFINITI recommends the use of un-

leaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI number (Re-search octane number 96).

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specified couldadversely affect the emission controlsystem, and may also affect the warrantycoverage.

Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will damagethe three-way catalyst.

Gasoline specifications

INFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-wide Fuel Charter specifi-cations where it is available. Many of theautomobile manufacturers developed thisspecification to improve emission systemand vehicle performance. Ask your servicestation manager if the gasoline meets theWorld-wide Fuel Charter specifications.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designed to reduce vehicle

emissions. INFINITI supports efforts to-wards cleaner air and suggests that youuse reformulated gasoline when avail-able.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBEand methanol with or without advertisingtheir presence. INFINITI does not recom-mend the use of fuels of which the oxy-genate content and the fuel compatibilityfor your INFINITI cannot be readily deter-mined. If in doubt, ask your service sta-tion manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.

O The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

O If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

O If a methanol blend is used, it should

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

contain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel systemdamage and/or vehicle performanceproblems. At this time, sufficient datais not available to ensure that allmethanol blends are suitable for usein INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problemssuch as engine stalling and hard hotstarting are experienced after usingoxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuelwith a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during re-fueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use ofany fuel additives (i.e. fuel injectorcleaner, octane booster, intake valve de-posit removers, etc.) which are sold com-mercially. Many of these additives in-tended for gum, varnish or deposit re-

moval may contain active solvent orsimilar ingredients that can be harmful tothe fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended cancause persistent, heavy spark knock.(Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise.)If severe, this can lead to enginedamage. If you detect a persistent heavyspark knock even when using gasoline ofthe stated octane rating, or if you hearsteady spark knock while holding asteady speed on level roads, have yourdealer correct the condition. Failure tocorrect the condition is misuse of the ve-hicle, for which INFINITI is not respon-sible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result inknocking, after-run or overheating. This inturn may cause excessive fuel consump-tion or damage to the engine. If any ofthe above symptoms are encountered,have your vehicle checked at an INFINITIdealer or other competent service facility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get the

greatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. API certification mark2. API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct qual-ity, and viscosity oil to ensure satisfactoryengine life and performance. INFINITIrecommends the use of a low friction oil(energy conserving oil) in order to im-prove fuel economy and conserve energy.Oils which do not have the specifiedquality label should not be used as they

could cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certificationmark on the front of the container shouldbe used. This type of oil supersedes theexisting API SG, SH, or SJ and EnergyConserving I & II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the APIcertification mark, use an API grade SJ orSL, Energy conserving oil. An ILSAC gradeGF-II & GF-III oil can also be used.

INFINITI recommends mineral based oils.These oils must however, meet the API

quality and SAE viscosity ratings specifiedfor your vehicle.

STI0367A


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Oil additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use ofoil additives. The use of an oil additive isnot necessary when the proper oil type isused and maintenance intervals are fol-lowed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because ofthis, it is important that the engine oil vis-cosity be selected based on the tempera-tures at which the vehicle will be oper-ated before the next oil change. The rec-ommended SAE viscosity number chartshows the recommended oil viscositiesfor the expected ambient temperatures.Choosing an oil viscosity other than thatrecommended could cause serious enginedamage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use the genuine oil filter or its

equivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Oil andfilter other than the specified quality, oroil and filter change intervals longer thanrecommended could reduce engine life.Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil andfilter quality and/or viscosity is not cov-ered by the new INFINITI vehicle warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do nothave to change the oil before the first rec-ommended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how youuse your vehicle. Operation under the fol-lowing conditions may require more fre-quent oil and filter changes.

O repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures,

O driving in dusty conditions,

O extensive idling,

O towing a trailer.

O Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go rush hour traffic.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred forall ambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if theambient temperature is above 0°F

(−18°C).5W-30 will positively improve fueleconomy.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in thisINFINITI vehicle must be charged withthe refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) andthe lubricant, Nissan A/C System Oil TypeS or the exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubricantwill cause severe damage to the air condi-tioning system and will require the replace-ment of all air conditioner system compo-nents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerantdoes not affect the earth’s atmosphere,certain governmental regulations requirethe recovery and recycling of any refriger-ant during automotive air conditioningsystem service. An INFINITI dealer hasthe trained technicians and equipmentneeded to recover and recycle your airconditioning system refrigerant.

TI1028-C


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Contact an INFINITI dealer when ser-vicing your air conditioning system.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE

Model VQ35DE VK45DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement6-cylinder, V-slantedat 60°

8-cylinder, V-slantedat 90°

Bore 3 Stroke in (mm)3.760 3 3.205 (95.53 81.4)

3.661 3 3.256 (93.03 82.7)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498) 274.2 (4,494)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2

Idle speed rpm See the emissioncontrol informationlabel on the under-side of the hood.

See the emissioncontrol label on theunderside of thehood.Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug

Standard PLFR5A-11 PLFR5A-11

Service optionHot type PLFR4A-11 PLFR4A-11

Cold type PLFR6A-11 PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

TI0001-EVQ35DE

SPECIFICATIONS


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

The spark ignition system of this vehiclemeets all requirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Regula-tions.

STI0109CVK45DE


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum18 x 8JJ20 x 8JJ

1.57 (40)

Tire

Type Size Pressure (Cold)

ConventionalP265/60R18

220 kPa, 32 psiP265/50R20

Spare T175/90D18 420 kPa, 60 psi

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 189.1 (4,803)

Overall width in (mm) 75.8 (1,925)

Overall height in (mm)65.0 (1,652)65.9 (1,672.6)*

Front tread in (mm) 62.7 (1,592)

Rear tread in (mm) 64.6 (1,642)

Wheelbase in (mm) 112.2 (2,850)

Gross vehicle weight rating See the F.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label on the driver’s sidelock pillar.Gross axle weight rating

*: Roof rail equipped models


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

When planning to travel in another coun-try, you should first find out if the fuelavailable is suitable for your vehicle’s en-gine.

Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmay cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedengine gasoline. Therefore, avoid takingyour vehicle to areas where appropriatefuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, prov-ince or district, it may be necessary tomodify the vehicle to meet local laws andregulations.

The laws and regulations for motor ve-hicle emission control and safety stan-dards vary according to the country,state, province or district; therefore, ve-hicle specifications may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation, and registration are the re-sponsibility of the user. INFINITI is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is usedin the vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (Chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown.

STI0345 STI0346

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGYOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards (F.M.V.S.S.) certification label is af-fixed as shown. This label contains valu-able vehicle information, such as: GrossVehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR), month andyear of manufacture, Vehicle Identifica-tion Number, (VIN), etc. Review it care-fully.

STI0303BVQ35DE

STI0266CVK45DE

STI0347


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label isattached as shown.

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on theTire and Loading Information Label af-fixed as shown.

AIR CONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABEL

The air conditioner specification label isaffixed inside of the hood as shown.

STI0348 STI0349 STI0350


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Use the following steps to mount the li-cense plate:

Before mounting the license plate, con-firm that the following parts are enclosedin the vinyl bag.

O License plate bracket

O J-nut x 2

O Screw x 2

O Screw grommet x 2

1. Temporarily place the license platebracket j1 while aligning part j2 ofthe front bumper with part j3 of therear surface of the license platebracket.

2. To determine where to drill the hole,mark along both sides of themounting hole by using a felt-tip penj4 .

3. Remove the license plate bracket andconnect the arcs to form ovals. Markthe point in the center of each oval.These are the pilot drilling locations.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a0.39 inch (10 mm) drill bit at themarked locations j5 . (Be sure that thedrill only goes through the fascia, ordamage to the nut may occur.)

5. Insert grommets j6 into the hole onthe fascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver j7 intothe grommet hole to turn the threadedpart of the grommet 90° j8 .

7. Insert a J-nut j9 into the license platebracket before placing the licenseplate bracket on the fascia.

STI0407

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

8. Install the license plate bracket withscrews j10 .

9. Install the license plate with bolts thatare no longer than 0.55 inch (14 mm).

WARNING

O It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside of a vehicle. In a col-lision, people riding in these areas aremore likely to be seriously injured orkilled.

O Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

O Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in aseat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself withthe following terms before loading yourvehicle:

O Curb Weight (actual weight of your ve-hicle) - vehicle weight including: stan-dard and optional equipment, fluids,emergency tools, and spare tire as-sembly. This weight does not includepassengers and cargo.

O GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight of

passengers and cargo.

O GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -maximum total combined weight ofthe unloaded vehicle, passengers, lug-gage, hitch, trailer tongue load andany other optional equipment. This in-formation is located on the F.M.V.S.S.label.

O GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S. label.

O GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum total weightrating of the vehicle, passengers,cargo, and trailer.

O Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load (pas-sengers and cargo) for the vehicle.This is the maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the vehicleis used to tow a trailer, the trailertongue weight must be included aspart of the cargo load. This informa-tion is located on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the subtracted weight of occu-pants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your ve-hicle shown as “The combined weight ofoccupants and cargo” on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do not exceedthe number of occupants shown as “Seat-ing Capacity” on the Tire and Loading In-formation label.

To get “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo”, add the weight of all occu-pants, then add the total luggage weightto the value. Examples are shown in theillustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit

(1) Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kilograms or XXXpounds” on your vehicle’s placard.

(2) Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kilo-grams or XXX pounds.

STI0400


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

(4) The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if the“XXX” amount equals 1,400 lb andthere will be five 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is650 lb [1,400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650lb]

(5) Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. For safety, that weightmust not exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calculatedin Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be trans-ferred to your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how this reducesthe available cargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.

LOADING TIPS

O The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S.certification label.

O Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING


O Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change the wayyour vehicle handles. This could resultin loss of control and cause personalinjury.

O Overloading not only could shorten thelife of your vehicle and the tires, butalso could lead to hazardous vehiclehandling and long braking distance.This may cause a premature tire mal-function, which could result in a se-rious accident and personal injury. Fail-

ures caused by overloading are not cov-ered by the vehicle’s warranty.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of a trailerand its cargo can adversely affect vehiclehandling, braking and performance andmay lead to accidents.

CAUTION

O Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavyload for the first 500 miles (800 km).

Your engine, axle or other parts couldbe damaged.

O For the first 500 miles (800 km) thatyou tow a trailer, do not drive over 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not make startsat full throttle. This helps the engineand other parts of your vehicle wear inat the heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to beused primarily to carry passengers andcargo. Remember that towing a trailer willplace additional loads on your vehicle’sengine, drive train, steering, braking andother systems.

Information on trailer towing ability andthe special equipment required should beobtained from an INFINITI dealer. He/Shecan obtain an INFINITI Trailer TowingGuide for you (U.S. only).

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to ex-ceed the value specified in the followingTowing Load/Specification Chart. The

total trailer load equals trailer weight plusits cargo weight.

O When towing a trailer load of 1,000lbs. (454 kg) or more, trailers with abrake system MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross CombinedWeight Rating) should not exceed thevalue specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengersand cargo) plus the total trailer load. Tow-ing loads greater than these or using im-proper towing equipment could adverselyaffect vehicle handling, braking and per-formance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a traileris not only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan totow. Tow weights appropriate for levelhighway driving may have to be reducedon very steep grades or in low tractionsituations (for example, on slippery boatramps).

TI1011M

TOWING A TRAILER


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures are not covered byINFINITI warranties. An INFINITI TrailerTowing Guide (U.S. only) containing infor-mation on trailer towing ability and thespecial equipment required may be ob-tained from an INFINITI dealer.

Tongue load

Keep the tongue load between 9 to 11%of the total trailer load within themaximum tongue load limits shown in thefollowing Towing Load/SpecificationsChart. If the tongue load becomes exces-sive, rearrange cargo to allow for propertongue load.

Maximum gross vehicle weight/maximum gross axle weight

The gross vehicle weight jA of the towingvehicle must not exceed. GVWR shown onthe F.M.V.S.S. certification label. Thegross vehicle weight equals the combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle, passen-gers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue loadand any other optional equipment. In ad-dition, front or rear gross axle weight jB

must not exceed GAWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label.

TI1012MA


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

VQ35DE VK45DE

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 3,500 (1,588)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 (159)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8,000 (3,629) 8,100 (3,674)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

*1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. INFINITI recommends the useof a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

*2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devicesare not offered by INFINITI. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway con-trol device for your trailer.

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicleand trailer. Make sure the trailer hitch issecurely attached to the vehicle, to helpavoid personal injury or property damagedue to sway caused by crosswinds, roughroad surfaces or passing trucks.

Hitch ball

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

O The required hitch ball size is stampedon most trailer couplers. Most hitchballs also have the size printed on topof the ball.

O Choose the proper class hitch ballbased on the trailer weight.

O The diameter of the threaded shank ofthe hitch ball must be matched to theball mount hole diameter. The hitchball shank should be no more than1/169 smaller than the hole in the ballmount.

O The threaded shank of the hitch ballmust be long enough to be properlysecured to the ball mount. There


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

should be at least 2 threads showingbeyond the lock washer and nut.

Class I hitch

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of2,000 lb (909 kg).

Class II hitch

Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of3,500 lb (1,510 kg).

CAUTION

O Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

O The hitch should not be attached to oraffect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

O Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys-tem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.

O To reduce the possibility of additional

damage if your vehicle is struck fromthe rear, where practical, remove thehitch and/or receiver when not in use.After the hitch is removed, seal the boltholes to prevent exhaust fumes, wateror dust from entering the passengercompartment.

O Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securely mounted.

Tire pressures

O When towing a trailer, inflate the ve-hicle tires to the recommended coldtire pressure indicated on the tire andloading information label.Refer to the “Tire and loading informa-tion label” earlier in this section forlabel location.

O Trailer tire condition, size, load ratingand proper inflation pressure shouldbe in accordance with the trailer andtire manufacturers’ specifications.

Safety chains

Always use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be at-

tached to the hitch, not to the vehiclebumper or axle. Be sure to leave enoughslack in the chains to permit turning cor-ners.

Trailer lights

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially available power-type module/converter must be used toprovide power for all trailer lighting. Thisunit uses the vehicle battery as a directpower source for all trailer lights while us-ing the vehicle tail light, stoplight and turnsignal circuits as a signal source. Themodule/converter must draw no more than15 milliamps from the stop and tail lampcircuits. Using a module/converter that ex-ceeds these power requirements may dam-age the vehicle’s electrical system. See areputable trailer dealer to obtain the properequipment and to have it installed.

Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, contact an


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

INFINITI dealer or reputable trailerdealer.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it isproperly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system di-rectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

O Be certain your vehicle maintains alevel position when a loaded or un-loaded trailer is hitched. Do not drivethe vehicle if it has an abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition; check forimproper tongue load, overload, wornsuspension or other possible causesof either condition.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shifts while driving.

O Load the trailer so approximately 60%of the trailer load is in the front halfand 40% is in the back half.

O Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light op-eration, and trailer wheel lug nutsevery time you attach a trailer to thevehicle.

O Be certain your rear view mirrors con-form to all federal, state or local regu-lations. If not, install any mirrors re-quired for towing before driving thevehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an under-standing of the vehicle’s behavior, youshould practice turning, stopping andbacking up in an area which is free fromtraffic. Steering stability, and braking per-formance will be somewhat different thanunder normal driving conditions.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

O Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

O Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

O Always drive your vehicle at a mod-erate speed. Some states or provinceshave specific speed limits for vehicles

that are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.

O When backing up, hold the bottom ofthe steering wheel with one hand.Move your hand in the direction inwhich you want the trailer to go. Makesmall corrections and back up slowly.If possible, have someone guide youwhen you are backing up.

O Always block the wheels on both ve-hicle and trailer when parking. Parkingon a slope is not recommended; how-ever, if you must do so, and if your ve-hicle is equipped with automatictransmission, first block the wheelsand apply the parking brake, and thenmove the transmission selector leverinto the P (Park) position. If you movethe selector lever to the P (Park) posi-tion before blocking the wheels andapplying the parking brake, transmis-sion damage could occur.

O When going down a hill, shift into alower gear and use the engine brakingeffect. When going up a long grade,downshift the transmission to a lowergear and reduce speed to reducechances of engine overloading and/oroverheating.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O If the engine coolant rises to an ex-tremely high temperature when the airconditioning system is on, turn off theair conditioner. Coolant heat can beadditionally vented by opening thewindows, switching the fan control tohigh and setting the temperature con-trol to the HOT position.

O Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

O Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500miles (800 km).

O Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in the rec-ommended maintenance schedule inthe INFINITI Service and ManualGuide.

O When making a turn, your trailerwheels will be closer to the inside ofthe turn than your vehicle wheels. Tocompensate for this, make a largerthan normal turning radius during theturn.

O Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. Whenbeing passed by larger vehicles, beprepared for possible changes in

crosswinds that could affect vehiclehandling. If swaying does occur,firmly grip the steering wheel, steerstraight ahead, and immediately (butgradually) reduce vehicle speed. Thiscombination will help stabilize the ve-hicle. Never increase speed.

O Be careful when passing other ve-hicles. Passing while towing a trailerrequires considerably more distancethan normal passing. Remember thelength of the trailer must also passthe other vehicle before you can safelychange lanes.

O To maintain engine braking efficiencyand electrical charging performance,do not use overdrive.

O Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently. This couldcause the brakes to overheat, re-sulting in reduced braking efficiency.

O Increase your following distance to al-low for greater stopping distanceswhile towing a trailer. Anticipate stopsand brake gradually.

O Do not use cruise control while towinga trailer.

O Check your hitch, trailer wiring har-

ness connections, and trailer wheellug nuts after 50 miles (80 km) oftravel and at every break.

O When stopped in traffic for long pe-riods of time in hot weather, put thevehicle in the P (Park) position.

When towing a trailer, change fluid in thetransmission more frequently.

For additional information, see the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheelson the ground is sometimes called flattowing. This method is sometimes usedwhen towing a vehicle behind a recre-ational vehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

O Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

O Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O DO NOT tow any automatic transmis-sion vehicle with all four wheels on theground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission partsdue to lack of transmission lubrication.

O For emergency towing procedures, see“Towing recommended by INFINITI” inthe “6. In case of emergency” sectionof this manual.

To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate ve-hicle dolly MUST be placed under thetowed vehicle’s drive wheels. Alwaysfollow the dolly manufacturer’s recom-mendations when using their product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on tire wear rate when testedunder controlled conditions on specifiedgovernment test courses. For example, atire graded 150 would wear one and ahalf (1-1/2) times as well on the govern-ment course as a tire graded 100. How-ever, relative tire performance dependson actual driving conditions, and mayvary significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service prac-tices and differences in road characteris-tics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those gradesrepresent the tire’s ability to stop on wet

pavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to your vehicletires is based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not include accel-eration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

Temperature grades are A (the highest),B, and C. They represent a tire’s resis-tance to heat build-up, and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause tire material to de-generate, reducing tire life. Excessivetemperatures can lead to sudden tire fail-ure. Grade C corresponds to a perfor-mance level which all passenger car tiresmust meet under the Federal Motor Ve-hicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades Aand B represent higher levels of perfor-

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

mance on laboratory test wheels than theminimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is es-tablished for a tire that is properly inflatedand not overloaded. Excessive speed, un-derinflation, or excessive loading, eitherseparately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

O Emission Defects Warranty

O Emissions Performance Warranty(See Warranty Information Booklet fordetails.)

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet (Warranty andRoadside Assistance Information (Canadaonly)) that comes with your INFINITI. Ifyou did not receive a Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Warranty and Roadside As-sistance Information (Canada only)), or ithas become lost, you may obtain a re-placement by writing to:

O INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 47038, Gardena, CA 90247-6838

O Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-tration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-fying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a re-call and remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved in in-dividual problems between you, yourdealer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theAuto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236. You may also write to:NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transpor-tation, Washington, D.C. 20590. Youcan also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety from theHotline.

You may notify INFINITI by contactingour Consumer Affairs Department,toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (US only)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to bein what is called the “ready condition” foran Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ofthe emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition”can be obtained by ordinary usage of thevehicle.

If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a not “ready con-dition”. Before taking the I/M test, drivethe vehicle through the following patternto set the vehicle to the ready condition.If you cannot or do not want to performthe driving pattern, an INFINITI dealercan conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe and pru-dent manner according to traffic conditions,and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine toidle until the engine coolant tempera-

ture gauge needle points between theC and H (normal operating tempera-ture).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the accel-erator pedal completely and keep it re-leased for at least 10 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedalfor a moment, then drive the vehicle ata speed of 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96km/h) for at least 9 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the enginerunning.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55km/h) and maintain the speed for 20seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h) and maintain the speed for atleast 3 minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmis-sion gear selector lever in the “P” or“N” position.

9. Rev the engine up between 2,500 and3,500 rpm and hold it there for 3 con-secutive minutes, then release the ac-

celerator pedal completely.

10.Wait 5 seconds with the engine atidle.

11.Rev the engine up between 2,000 and3,000 rpm and maintain that speedfor 5 consecutive minutes.

12.Turn the engine off.

13.Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least onemore time.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeatthe preceding step. Any safe driving modeis acceptable between steps. Do not stopthe engine until step 7 is completed.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Your vehicle is equipped with a variety ofcomputers that monitor and control anumber of systems to optimize perfor-mance and help service technicians withdiagnosis and repair. Depending on theequipment on your vehicle, some of thecomputers monitor emission control sys-tems, braking systems and air bag sys-tems, just to name a few. Some dataabout vehicle operation may be stored inthe computers for use during servicing.Other data may be stored if a crash eventoccurs. For example, air bag readiness,air bag performance, and seat belt use bythe driver or passenger may be recorded,depending on vehicle equipment. Thesetypes of systems are sometimes calledEvent Data Recorders.

Special equipment can be used to accessthe electronic data that may be stored inthe vehicle’s computers (sounds are notrecorded). INFINITI and INFINITI dealershave equipment to access some of thisdata; others may also have this equip-ment. The data may be retrieved duringroutine vehicle servicing or for special re-search. It might also be accessed withthe consent of the vehicle owner or lesseein response to a request by law enforce-ment.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is thebest source of service and repair informa-tion for your vehicle. Filled with wiringdiagrams, illustrations and step-by-stepdiagnostic and adjustment procedures,this manual is the same one used by thefactory trained technicians working at au-thorized INFINITI dealerships. Also avail-able are genuine INFINITI Owner’s Manu-als, and genuine INFINITI Service andOwner’s Manuals for older INFINITI mod-els.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the2000 model year and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the1999 model year and prior, see anINFINITI dealer, or contact:

Resolve Corporation20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of

genuine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals forthe 2004 model year and prior, see anINFINITI dealer, or contact:

Resolve Corporation20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact an INFINITI dealer. For the phonenumber and location of an INFINITIdealer in your area call the INFINITI Sat-isfaction Center at 1-800-361-4792 and abilingual INFINITI representative will as-sist you.

Also available are genuine INFINITI Ser-vice and Owner’s Manuals for olderINFINITI models.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some importantinformation you should know. Many insur-ance companies routinely authorize theuse of non-genuine collision parts inorder to cut costs, among other reasons.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUALORDER INFORMATION


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Insist on the use of GenuineINFINITI Collision Parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restoredusing parts made to INFINITI’s originalexacting specifications — if you want tohelp it to last and hold its resale value,the solution is simple. Tell your insuranceagent and your repair shop to only useGenuine INFINITI Collision Parts.INFINITI does not warrant non-INFINITIparts, nor does INFINITI’s warranty applyto damage caused by a non-genuineparts.

Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can helpprotect your personal safety, preserveyour warranty protection and maintain theresale value of your vehicle. And if yourvehicle was leased, using GenuineINFINITI Parts may prevent or limit un-necessary excess wear and tear expensesat the end of your lease.

INFINITI designs its hoods with crumplezones to minimize the risk that the hoodwill penetrate the windshield of your ve-hicle in an accident. Non-genuine (imita-tion) parts may not provide such built insafety features. Also, non-genuine partsoften show premature wear, rust and cor-rosion.

Why should you take a chance?

In over 40 states and certain territories/provinces, the law says you must be ad-vised if non-genuine parts are used to re-pair your vehicle. And some states andprovinces have enacted laws that restrictinsurance companies from authorizing theuse of non-genuine collision parts duringthe new vehicle warranty. These laws helpprotect you, so you can take action toprotect yourself.

It’s your right!

If you should need further information,visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.nissancanada.com (for Canadiancustomers)


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock brake system)........................... 5-50Aiming control, Headlights .............................. 2-24Air bag system, Side and curtain(See supplemental side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag system) ............................ 1-44Air bag warning labels .................................... 1-47Air bag warning light.............................. 1-47, 2-13Air cleaner housing filter ................................. 8-20Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation .......................... 4-19Air conditioner service..................... 4-19, 4-22Air conditioner specification label............. 9-14Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ............... 4-22, 9-7Heater and air conditioner (automatic)...... 4-19In-cabin microfilter ................................... 4-22

Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................ 5-5Anchor point locations

Top tether strap........................................ 1-27Antenna........................................................... 4-45Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .......................... 5-50Anti-lock brake warning light............................. 2-9Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ............................ 7-2Interior appearance care ............................ 7-3

Armrest ............................................................. 1-7Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray)...... 2-32

Audible reminders ........................................... 2-16Audio operation precautions............................ 4-24Audio system .................................................. 4-23Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD) ..................... 4-32Autolight system ............................................. 2-23Automatic

Anti-glare inside mirror............................. 3-31Automatic sunroof .................................... 2-39Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)............ 8-15Automatic transmission position indicatorlight.......................................................... 2-14Drive positioner ........................................ 3-33Driving with automatic transmission ......... 5-12Seat positioner, seat ................................ 3-33Transmission selector lever lock release... 5-15

Avoiding collision and rollover .......................... 5-5

B

Back door........................................................ 3-24Battery ............................................................ 8-17

Battery saver system ................................ 2-24Before starting the engine............................... 5-11Belts (See drive belts) ..................................... 8-18Booster seats .................................................. 1-31Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS).................... 5-50Brake assist (with preview function) ......... 5-48Brake booster ........................................... 8-24

Brake fluid................................................ 8-15Brake pedal .............................................. 8-23Brake pedal check .................................... 8-23Brake system............................................ 5-47Parking brake check ........................ 5-16, 8-23Parking brake operation ........................... 5-16Warning light............................................ 2-10

Break-in schedule............................................ 5-43Brightness control, Instrument panel .............. 2-25Bulb check/instrument panel ............................ 2-9Bulb replacement ............................................ 8-31

C

Cabin air filter ................................................. 4-22Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .... 9-2Card holder ..................................................... 2-36Car phone or CB radio..................................... 4-46Cargo (See vehicle loading information) .......... 2-36Cargo net ........................................................ 2-36Cassette player (See audio system)................. 4-31CD care and cleaning ...................................... 4-34Ceiling light..................................................... 2-42Child restraints................................................ 1-18

Precautions on child restraints ................. 1-18Top tether strap anchor point locations .... 1-27With top tether strap ................................ 1-27

Child safety ..................................................... 1-10Child safety rear door lock ................................ 3-5

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ChimesAudible reminders .................................... 2-16Seat belt warning light and chime ............ 2-13

Cigarette lighter and ashtray ........................... 2-32Circuit breaker, Fusible link............................. 8-26Cleaning exterior and interior..................... 7-2, 7-3Clock............................................................... 2-30Cold weather driving ....................................... 5-53Compact Disc (CD) changer operation.............. 4-32Compass display ............................................... 2-6Console box .................................................... 2-35Control panel buttons (models with navigationsystem) ............................................................. 4-8Control panel buttons (models withoutnavigation system) ............................................ 4-2Controls

Control panel buttons (display withnavigation system) ..................................... 4-8Control panel buttons (display withoutnavigation system) ..................................... 4-2Heater and air conditioner controls(automatic) ............................................... 4-19

CoolantCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant .......................... 8-10Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-9

Corrosion protection.......................................... 7-5Cover, Tonneau cover ...................................... 2-37Cruise control.................................................. 5-20Cruise control, Fixed speed cruise control(on ICC system)............................................... 5-39Cruise control, Intelligent cruise controlsystem ............................................................ 5-22Cup holders..................................................... 2-33

Curtain side-impact air bag system(See supplemental side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag system) ............................ 1-44

D

Daytime running light system.......................... 2-25Defroster switch, Rear window andoutside mirror defroster switch ....................... 2-21Dimensions and weights ................................. 9-11Display controls (See control panel buttons),With navigation system ..................................... 4-8Display controls (See control panel buttons),Without navigation system ................................ 4-2Door open warning light.................................. 2-11Drive belts....................................................... 8-18Drive positioner, Automatic ............................. 3-33Driving

Cold weather driving................................. 5-53Driving with automatic transmission ......... 5-12On-pavement and offroad driving ............... 5-3Precautions when starting and driving........ 5-2Safety precautions...................................... 5-5

DVD player, Infiniti mobile entertainmentsystem ............................................................ 4-36

E

Economy, Fuel ................................................. 5-43Emission control information label .................. 9-14Emission control system warranty ................... 9-26Engine

Before starting the engine ........................ 5-11Break-in schedule..................................... 5-43

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant .......................... 8-10Changing engine oil and filter .................. 8-12Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-9Checking engine oil level.......................... 8-11Coolant temperature gauge ........................ 2-5Engine block heater.................................. 5-55Engine compartment check locations.......... 8-7Engine cooling system ................................ 8-9Engine oil ................................................. 8-11Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .... 9-5Engine oil viscosity..................................... 9-6Engine serial number................................ 9-13Engine specifications .................................. 9-9If your vehicle overheats .......................... 6-12Starting the engine................................... 5-11

Entry/exit function........................................... 3-34Event data recorders ....................................... 9-28Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) ........................ 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label............................ 9-13Filter

Air cleaner housing filter .......................... 8-20Changing engine oil and filter .................. 8-12

Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch) ............................................................ 2-26Flat tire ............................................................. 6-2Flat tire, Low tire pressure warning system ....... 5-3Floor mat cleaning............................................. 7-4Floor mat positioning aid .................................. 7-4

10-2

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

FluidAutomatic transmission fluid (ATF)............ 8-15Brake fluid................................................ 8-15Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Engine coolant............................................ 8-9Engine oil ................................................. 8-11Power steering fluid.................................. 8-15Window washer fluid ................................ 8-16

FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player andCompact Disc (CD) changer ............................. 4-28Fog light switch............................................... 2-26Front power seat adjustment ............................. 1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Filler cap .................................................. 3-26Filler lid .................................................... 3-26Fuel economy ........................................... 5-43Fuel octane rating....................................... 9-3Fuel recommendation ................................. 9-3Gauge......................................................... 2-5

Fuses............................................................... 8-24Fusible links.................................................... 8-26

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ...................................................... 2-43Gas cap........................................................... 3-26Gauge ............................................................... 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge ............. 2-5Fuel gauge.................................................. 2-5Odometer ................................................... 2-4

Speedometer .............................................. 2-4Tachometer................................................. 2-4

General maintenance......................................... 8-2Glove box ........................................................ 2-34Glove box lock ................................................ 2-34

H

Hazard warning flasher switch......................... 2-26Head restraints.................................................. 1-6Headlights

Aiming control .......................................... 2-24Bulb replacement ..................................... 8-32Headlight switch....................................... 2-22Xenon headlights...................................... 2-21

Headphones (See Infiniti mobile entertainmentsystem) ........................................................... 4-39Heated seats ................................................... 2-27Heater

Engine coolant heater............................... 5-55Heater and air conditioner (automatic)...... 4-19

Hitch ball ........................................................ 9-21HomeLink Universal Transceiver .................... 2-43Hood release ................................................... 3-24Horn ................................................................ 2-27

I

Ignition knob (Intelligent Key system) ..... 3-13, 5-9Ignition knob positions ................................... 5-10Ignition switch

(except Intelligent Key system)................... 5-8Automatic transmission models ................ 5-12

Key positions.............................................. 5-8Immobilizer system......................................... 2-18In-cabin microfilter.......................................... 4-22Indicator lights ............................................... 2-14Infiniti mobile entertainment system (MES)..... 4-36Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System

Engine start....................................... 5-9, 5-10Inside

Automatic anti-glare mirror ....................... 3-31Mirror ....................................................... 3-31

Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test.................. 9-27Instrument brightness control ......................... 2-25Instrument panel............................................... 2-2Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system ............ 5-22Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system,Preview function.............................................. 5-43Intelligent Key system....................................... 3-9Intelligent Key system, Engine starting ........... 3-13Intelligent Key system, Key operating range ... 3-15Intelligent Key system, Key operation ............. 3-11Intelligent Key system, Mechanical key andvalet key ......................................................... 3-23Intelligent Key system, Operating theengine............................................................. 3-13Intelligent Key system, Remote keylessoperation......................................................... 3-20Intelligent Key system, Trouble-shootingguide............................................................... 3-19Intelligent Key system, Warning light.............. 2-14Intelligent Key system, Warning signals.......... 3-17Intelligent key warning light ........................... 2-14Interior light.................................................... 2-41Interior light replacement................................ 8-32

10-3

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

J

Jump starting..................................................... 6-9

K

Keyless entryWith Intelligent Key system (See IntelligentKey system) .............................................. 3-20Without Intelligent Key system (See remotekeyless entry system) ................................. 3-5

Keys, Except Intelligent Key .............................. 3-2Keys, For Intelligent Key system ....................... 3-9Knob, Ignition knob (Intelligent Key system) .... 5-9

L

Label, Air conditioner specification label ......... 9-14Label, Emission control information label ........ 9-14Label, F.M.V.S.S. certification label ................. 9-13Labels

Air bag warning labels.............................. 1-47Engine serial number................................ 9-13Vehicle identification number (VIN) .......... 9-12

Lane departure warning system....................... 5-17License plate, Installing front license plate ..... 9-15Light

Air bag warning light ................................ 1-47Bulb replacement ..................................... 8-31Fog light switch ........................................ 2-26Headlight switch....................................... 2-22Headlights Bulb replacement .................... 8-32Interior light............................................. 2-41

Map lights ................................................ 2-41Replacement............................................. 8-31Vanity mirror light .................................... 2-43Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders.......................................... 2-9, 2-14Xenon headlights...................................... 2-21

Lights, Exterior and interior lightreplacement .................................................... 8-32Loading information (See vehicle loadinginformation)..................................................... 9-16Lock

Back door lock.......................................... 3-24Door locks .................................................. 3-3Glove box lock.......................................... 2-34Power door lock.......................................... 3-3

Low tire pressure warning light ....................... 2-12Low tire pressure warning system ..................... 5-3Lumbar support................................................. 1-4

M

MaintenanceBattery...................................................... 8-17General maintenance .................................. 8-2Inside the vehicle....................................... 8-4Maintenance precautions............................ 8-5Maintenance requirements ......................... 8-2Outside the vehicle..................................... 8-3Seat belt maintenance.............................. 1-18Under the hood and vehicle........................ 8-4

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)..................... 2-15Map light ........................................................ 2-41Mechanical key (for Intelligent Key system) .... 3-23Memory storage function................................. 3-33

Meters and gauges............................................ 2-3Meters and gauges, Instrument brightnesscontrol............................................................. 2-25Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror............. 3-31Inside mirror ............................................ 3-31Outside mirror control .............................. 3-32Outside mirrors ........................................ 3-32

Mobile entertainment system (MES) ................ 4-36

N

Net, Cargo net ................................................. 2-36New vehicle break-in ....................................... 5-43Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System................. 2-17

O

Odometer .......................................................... 2-4Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Changing engine oil and filter .................. 8-12Checking engine oil level.......................... 8-11Engine oil ................................................. 8-11Engine oil viscosity..................................... 9-6

Operating the engine (Intelligent Keysystem) ........................................................... 3-13Outside mirror control ..................................... 3-32Outside mirrors ............................................... 3-32Overheat, If your vehicle overheats................. 6-12Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation...................................................... 9-28

10-4

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

P

ParkingBrake check.............................................. 8-23Parking brake check ................................. 5-16Parking brake operation ........................... 5-16Parking on hills ........................................ 5-16

Parking/parking on hills.................................. 5-46Phone, Car phone or CB radio ......................... 4-46Power

Front seat adjustment................................. 1-2Power door lock.......................................... 3-3Power outlet ............................................. 2-30Power steering fluid.................................. 8-15Power steering system.............................. 5-47Power windows......................................... 2-37

Pre-tensioner seat belt system ........................ 1-46Precautions

Audio operation ........................................ 4-24Booster seats ........................................... 1-31Braking precautions.................................. 5-47Child restraints......................................... 1-18Cruise control ........................................... 5-20Driving safety ............................................. 5-5Maintenance............................................... 8-5On-pavement and offroad driving ............... 5-3Seat belt usage .......................................... 1-8Supplemental restraint system ................. 1-36When starting and driving .......................... 5-2

Preview function (for Intelligent cruise controlsystem) ........................................................... 5-43Push starting................................................... 6-11

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio .............................. 4-46FM-AM radio with cassette player andCompact Disc (CD) changer....................... 4-28

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) .................................................. 9-27Rear center seat belt ....................................... 1-15Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock........ 3-5Rear personal light .......................................... 2-42Rear power point............................................. 2-30Rear seat adjustment ........................................ 1-4Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch ............................................................. 2-21Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-20Rearview monitor............................................. 4-16Registering your vehicle in another country..... 9-12Remote controller (See Infiniti mobileentertainment system)..................................... 4-37Remote keyless entry

System, Except Intelligent Key system ....... 3-5System, For Intelligent Key system........... 3-20

Reporting safety defects (US only)................... 9-26Roadside assistance program............................ 6-2Rollover............................................................. 5-5Room light....................................................... 2-41

S

SafetyChild seat belts ........................................ 1-10Reporting safety defects (US only) ............ 9-26Towing safety ........................................... 9-21

Screen (See Infiniti mobile entertainmentsystem) ........................................................... 4-38Seat

Belt warning light ....................................... 1-8Belt warning light and chime.................... 2-13

Seat adjustmentFront power seat adjustment ...................... 1-2Rear seat adjustment.................................. 1-4

Seat belt(s)Child safety .............................................. 1-10Injured persons........................................ 1-12Larger children ......................................... 1-11Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................. 1-46Precautions on seat belt usage................... 1-8Pregnant women....................................... 1-12Rear center seat belt ................................ 1-15Seat belt cleaning....................................... 7-4Seat belt extenders .................................. 1-17Seat belt maintenance.............................. 1-18Seat belts ................................................... 1-8Shoulder belt height adjustment .............. 1-14Three-point type with retractor ................. 1-12

Seat(s)Driver-side memory................................... 3-33Heated seats ............................................ 2-27Seats .......................................................... 1-2

Security system, Vehicle Security System........ 2-17Security systems (Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ...................................... 2-18Security systems (See Vehicle SecuritySystem) ........................................................... 2-17Servicing air conditioner ........................ 4-19, 4-22Shift lock release ............................................ 5-15Shift lock release, CVT .................................... 5-15

10-5

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Shifting, Automatic transmission..................... 5-12Shoulder belt height adjustment, For frontseats ............................................................... 1-14Side air bag system (See supplementalside air bag and curtain side-impact air bagsystem) ........................................................... 1-44Spare tire ........................................................ 8-44Spark plugs..................................................... 8-19Speedometer ..................................................... 2-4Starting

Before starting the engine ........................ 5-11Jump starting.............................................. 6-9Precautions when starting and driving........ 5-2Push starting ............................................ 6-11Starting the engine................................... 5-11

SteeringPower steering fluid.................................. 8-15Power steering system.............................. 5-47Tilting telescopic steering column............. 3-28

Storage ........................................................... 2-32Sun shade....................................................... 2-40Sun visors ....................................................... 3-30Sunglasses holder........................................... 2-32Sunroof ........................................................... 2-39

Automatic sunroof .................................... 2-39Supplemental air bag warning labels .............. 1-47Supplemental air bag warning light ....... 1-47, 2-13Supplemental restraint system ........................ 1-36

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem...................................................... 1-36

Supplemental side and curtain side-impactair bag system ................................................ 1-44Switch

Autolight switch........................................ 2-23

Fog light switch ........................................ 2-26Hazard warning flasher switch.................. 2-26Headlight aiming control .......................... 2-24Headlight switch....................................... 2-22Ignition knob (Intelligent Key system)........ 5-9Ignition switch (except Intelligent Keysystem)....................................................... 5-8Ignition switch automatic transmissionmodels ..................................................... 5-12Lane departure warning switch ................. 2-28Power door lock switch............................... 3-4Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch....................................................... 2-21SNOW mode switch .................................. 2-29Turn signal switch .................................... 2-26Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) offswitch....................................................... 2-29

T

Tachometer ....................................................... 2-4Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge ............................................ 2-5Theft (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start..................................................... 2-18Tilting telescopic steering column ................... 3-28Tire

Checking the tire pressure........................ 8-38Flat tire....................................................... 6-2Low tire pressure warning system .............. 5-3Pressure, Low tire pressure warninglight.......................................................... 2-12Uniform tire quality grading...................... 9-25

TiresTire chains................................................ 8-41Tire pressure ............................................ 8-36Tire rotation.............................................. 8-42Types of tires............................................ 8-40Wheel/tire size ......................................... 9-11Wheels and tires....................................... 8-36

Tonneau cover ................................................. 2-37Top tether strap child restraints ...................... 1-27Towing

Tow truck towing ...................................... 6-13Towing a trailer ........................................ 9-19Towing load/specification chart ................ 9-19Towing safety ........................................... 9-21

Trailer towing .................................................. 9-19Transceiver, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ...................................................... 2-43Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)............ 8-15Driving with automatic transmission ......... 5-12Transmission selector lever lock release... 5-15

Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system)............................ 3-20Transmitter, Without Intelligent Key system(See remote keyless entry system) .................... 3-5Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry............................................................ 9-12Trouble-shooting guide (for Intelligent Keysystem) ........................................................... 3-19Turn signal switch ........................................... 2-26

U

Underbody cleaning .......................................... 7-3

10-6

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Uniform tire quality grading ............................ 9-25

V

Valet key (for Intelligent Key system).............. 3-23Vanity mirror light ........................................... 2-43Vehicle

Dimensions and weights........................... 9-11Identification number (VIN) ...................... 9-12Loading information.................................. 9-16Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle)............. 6-15Security system ........................................ 2-17Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) offswitch....................................................... 2-29Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ...... 5-52Vehicle electronic systems........................ 4-11

Ventilators....................................................... 4-18

W

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels ........... 1-47Warning light

Air bag warning light....................... 1-47, 2-13Anti-lock brake warning light ...................... 2-9AWD warning light .................................... 5-44Brake warning light .................................. 2-10Door open warning light ........................... 2-11Intelligent Key warning light..................... 2-14Low tire pressure warning light ................ 2-12Seat belt warning light and chime ............ 2-13

Warning lights................................................... 2-9Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch.......... 2-26Warning, Low tire pressure warning system ...... 5-3

Warning, Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders.......................................................... 2-9Warranty, Emission control system warranty ... 9-26Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch ..... 2-20Windshield wiper and washer switch........ 2-20

Washing ............................................................ 7-2Waxing .............................................................. 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) ........... 9-11Wheel/tire size................................................ 9-11Wheels and tires ............................................. 8-36

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels................. 7-3Window washer fluid ....................................... 8-16Window(s)

Cleaning ..................................................... 7-3Power windows......................................... 2-37

Windshield wiper and washer switch............... 2-20Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer switch ..... 2-20Rear window wiper blade.......................... 8-23Windshield wiper and washer switch........ 2-20Wiper blades ............................................ 8-21

X

Xenon headlights ............................................ 2-21

10-7

Z 04.7.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-8

Z 04.7.6/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-9

Z 04.7.6/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-10

Z 04.7.6/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-11

Z 04.7.6/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-12

Z 04.7.6/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-13

Z 04.7.6/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-14

Z 04.7.6/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

VK45 engineIn order to maintain engine and exhaustsystem durability and performance, un-leaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 96) mustbe used.

If premium gasoline is not available, un-leaded regular gasoline with an octane rat-ing of 87 AKI number (Research octanenumber 91) may be temporarily used, butonly under the following precautions:O Have the fuel tank filled only partially

with unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt ac-celeration

VQ35 engineUse unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

For improved vehicle performance,INFINITI recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 91 AKI number (Research octanenumber 96).

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specified couldadversely affect the emission control sys-tems, and may also affect warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, since this will damage thethree way catalyst.

For additional information, see “Capacitiesand recommended fuel/lubricants” in the“9. Technical and consumer information”section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

For VK45DE engine

O API Certification Mark

O API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving

O ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred forall ambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used forambient temperatures above 0°F(−18°C).

For VQ35DE engine

O API Certification Mark

O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I& II or API grade SJ or SL, Energy Con-serving

O ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred forall ambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used forambient temperatures above 0°F(−18°C).

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section for engine oiland oil filter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

See tire placard affixed to the inside of therear left door opening.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” Infor-mation found in the “5. Starting anddriving” section of this Owner’s Manual.Follow these recommendations for the fu-ture reliability and economy of your newvehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Z 04.7.6/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Engine oil (P.8-11)

2. Brake fluid (P.8-15)

3. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)

4. Hood release (P.3-24)

5. Trunk release (P.3-24)/Fuel filler lid re-lease (P.3-26)

6. Seat belt (P.1-8)

7. Door lock/key (P.3-3)

8. Spare tire (P.6-4, P.8-44)

9. Windshield washer fluid (P.8-16)

10. Engine coolant (P.8-9)

11. Power steering fluid (P.8-15)

12. Battery (P.8-17)

13. Audio system (P.4-23)/Heater and airconditioner (P.4-19)

14. Fuel (P.3-26, P.9-2)

STI0356

Z 04.7.6/S50-D/V5.0 X

Documents

2005 Infiniti FX Manual